]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* data/c.m4 (b4_token_enum): Always define the enum of tokens,
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
150 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
151 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
152
153 Examples
154
155 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
156 a first example with no operator precedence.
157 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
158 Operator precedence is introduced.
159 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
160 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
161 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
162 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
163 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
164
165 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
166
167 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
168 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
169 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
170 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
171 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
172 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
173 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
174
175 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
176
177 * Rpcalc Input::
178 * Rpcalc Line::
179 * Rpcalc Expr::
180
181 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
182
183 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
184 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
185 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
186
187 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
188
189 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
190 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
191 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
192
193 Bison Grammar Files
194
195 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
196 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
197 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
198 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
199 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
200 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
201 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
202 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
203
204 Outline of a Bison Grammar
205
206 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
207 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
208 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
209 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
210
211 Defining Language Semantics
212
213 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
214 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
215 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
216 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
217 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
218 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
219 action in the middle of a rule.
220
221 Tracking Locations
222
223 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
224 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
225 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
226
227 Bison Declarations
228
229 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
230 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
231 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
232 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
233 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
234 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
235 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
236 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
237 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
238 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
239 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
240
241 Parser C-Language Interface
242
243 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
244 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
245 which reads tokens.
246 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
247 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
248 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
249 native language.
250
251 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
252
253 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
254 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
255 of the token it has read.
256 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
257 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
258 actions want that.
259 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
260 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
261
262 The Bison Parser Algorithm
263
264 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
265 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
266 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
267 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
268 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
269 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
270 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
271 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
272 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
273
274 Operator Precedence
275
276 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
277 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
278 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
279 * How Precedence:: How they work.
280
281 Handling Context Dependencies
282
283 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
284 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
285 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
286 error recovery rules must be written.
287
288 Debugging Your Parser
289
290 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
291 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
292
293 Invoking Bison
294
295 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
296 in alphabetical order by short options.
297 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
298 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
299
300 C++ Language Interface
301
302 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
303 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
304
305 C++ Parsers
306
307 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
308 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
309 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
310 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
311 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
312
313 A Complete C++ Example
314
315 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
316 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
317 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
318 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
319 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
320
321 Frequently Asked Questions
322
323 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
324 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
325 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
326 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
327
328 Copying This Manual
329
330 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
331
332 @end detailmenu
333 @end menu
334
335 @node Introduction
336 @unnumbered Introduction
337 @cindex introduction
338
339 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a grammar
340 description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) or @acronym{GLR} context-free grammar
341 into a C or C++ program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with
342 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
343 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
344
345 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
346 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
347 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
348 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
349
350 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
351 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
352 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
353 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
354
355 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
356 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
357 multi-character string literals and other features.
358
359 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
360
361 @node Conditions
362 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
363
364 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
365 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
366 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
367 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
368
369 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
370 compiler, have never
371 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
372 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
373 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
374 License to all of the Bison source code.
375
376 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
377 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
378 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
379 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
380 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
381 @code{yyparse},
382 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
383
384 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
385 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
386 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
387 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
388 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
389 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
390
391 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
392 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
393 as usual. You can
394 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
395 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
396 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
397 that output file without restriction.''
398
399 @include gpl.texi
400
401 @node Concepts
402 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
403
404 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
405 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
406 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
407
408 @menu
409 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
410 as mathematical ideas.
411 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
412 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
413 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
414 the name of an identifier, etc.).
415 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
416 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
417 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
418 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
419 how is the output used?
420 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
421 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
422 @end menu
423
424 @node Language and Grammar
425 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
426
427 @cindex context-free grammar
428 @cindex grammar, context-free
429 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
430 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
431 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
432 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
433 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
434 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
435 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
436 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
437 recursion.
438
439 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
440 @cindex Backus-Naur form
441 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
442 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
443 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
444 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
445 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
446
447 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
448 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
449 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
450 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
451 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
452 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
453 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
454 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
455 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
456 restrictions that are
457 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
458 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
459 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
460 more information on this.
461
462 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
463 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
464 @cindex ambiguous grammars
465 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
466
467 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
468 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
469 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
470 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
471 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
472 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
473 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
474 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
475 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
476 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
477 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
478 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
479 possible parses of any given string is finite.
480
481 @cindex symbols (abstract)
482 @cindex token
483 @cindex syntactic grouping
484 @cindex grouping, syntactic
485 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
486 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
487 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
488 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
489 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
490 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
491 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
492
493 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
494 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
495 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
496 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
497 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
498 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
499 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
500 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
501 lexicography, not grammar.)
502
503 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
504
505 @ifinfo
506 @example
507 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
508 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
509 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
510 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
511 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
512 identifier, semicolon} */
513 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
514 @end example
515 @end ifinfo
516 @ifnotinfo
517 @example
518 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
519 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
520 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
521 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
522 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
523 @end example
524 @end ifnotinfo
525
526 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
527 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
528 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
529 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
530 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
531 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
532 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
533 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
534
535 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
536 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
537 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
538 reads informally as follows:
539
540 @quotation
541 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
542 `semicolon'.
543 @end quotation
544
545 @noindent
546 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
547 statement in C.
548
549 @cindex start symbol
550 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
551 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
552 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
553 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
554 plays this role.
555
556 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
557 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
558 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
559 not the start symbol.
560
561 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
562 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
563 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
564 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
565 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
566 reports a syntax error.
567
568 @node Grammar in Bison
569 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
570 @cindex Bison grammar
571 @cindex grammar, Bison
572 @cindex formal grammar
573
574 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
575 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
576 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
577
578 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
579 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
580 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
581
582 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
583 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
584 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
585 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
586 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
587 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
588 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
589 @xref{Symbols}.
590
591 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
592 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
593 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
594 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
595
596 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
597 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
598
599 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
600 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
601 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
602 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
603 used in every rule.
604
605 @example
606 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
607 ;
608 @end example
609
610 @noindent
611 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
612
613 @node Semantic Values
614 @section Semantic Values
615 @cindex semantic value
616 @cindex value, semantic
617
618 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
619 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
620 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
621 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
622 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
623 grammatical.
624
625 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
626 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
627 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
628 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
629 ,Defining Language Semantics},
630 for details.
631
632 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
633 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
634 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
635 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
636 except their types.
637
638 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
639 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
640 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
641 need to have any semantic value.)
642
643 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
644 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
645 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
646 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
647 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
648 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
649
650 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
651 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
652 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
653 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
654 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
655
656 @node Semantic Actions
657 @section Semantic Actions
658 @cindex semantic actions
659 @cindex actions, semantic
660
661 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
662 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
663 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
664 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
665 @xref{Actions}.
666
667 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
668 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
669 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
670 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
671 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
672 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
673 newly recognized larger expression.
674
675 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
676 two subexpressions:
677
678 @example
679 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
680 ;
681 @end example
682
683 @noindent
684 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
685 from the values of the two subexpressions.
686
687 @node GLR Parsers
688 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
689 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
690 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
691 @findex %glr-parser
692 @cindex conflicts
693 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
694 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
695
696 In some grammars, Bison's standard
697 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
698 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
699 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
700 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
701 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
702 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
704 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
705
706 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
707 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
708 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
709 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
710 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
711 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
712 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
713 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
714 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
715 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
716 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
717 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
718 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
719 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
720 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
721 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
722 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
723 identical set of symbols.
724
725 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
726 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
727 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
728 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
729 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
730 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
731 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
732 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
733 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
734 merged result.
735
736 @menu
737 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
738 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
739 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
740 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
741 @end menu
742
743 @node Simple GLR Parsers
744 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
745 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
746 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
747 @findex %glr-parser
748 @findex %expect-rr
749 @cindex conflicts
750 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
751 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
752
753 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
754 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
755 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
756 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
757 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
758 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
759
760 Consider a problem that
761 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
762 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
763
764 @example
765 type subrange = lo .. hi;
766 type enum = (a, b, c);
767 @end example
768
769 @noindent
770 The original language standard allows only numeric
771 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
772 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
773 10206) and many other
774 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
775 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
776 parentheses:
777
778 @example
779 type subrange = (a) .. b;
780 @end example
781
782 @noindent
783 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
784 type with only one value:
785
786 @example
787 type enum = (a);
788 @end example
789
790 @noindent
791 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
792 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
793
794 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
795 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
796 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
797 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
798 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
799 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
800 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
801 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
802
803 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
804 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
805 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
806 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
807 expressions.
808
809 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
810 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
811 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
812 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
813 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
814 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
815 work.
816
817 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
818 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
819 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
820 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
821 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
822 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
823 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
824 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
825 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
826 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
827 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
828
829 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
830 reports a syntax error as usual.
831
832 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
833 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
834 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
835 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
836 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
837
838 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
839 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
840 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
841 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
842 The present example contains only one conflict between two
843 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
844 cannot be nested. So the number of
845 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
846 and the parsing time is still linear.
847
848 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
849 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
850
851 @example
852 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
853
854 @group
855 %left '+' '-'
856 %left '*' '/'
857 @end group
858
859 %%
860
861 @group
862 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 type : '(' id_list ')'
868 | expr DOTDOT expr
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 id_list : ID
874 | id_list ',' ID
875 ;
876 @end group
877
878 @group
879 expr : '(' expr ')'
880 | expr '+' expr
881 | expr '-' expr
882 | expr '*' expr
883 | expr '/' expr
884 | ID
885 ;
886 @end group
887 @end example
888
889 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
890 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
891 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
892 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
893 recognized:
894
895 @example
896 type t = (a) .. b;
897 @end example
898
899 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
900 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
901 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
902 @samp{%%}):
903
904 @example
905 %glr-parser
906 %expect-rr 1
907 @end example
908
909 @noindent
910 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
911 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
912 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
913 notice when the parser splits.
914
915 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
916 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
917 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
918 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
919 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
920 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
921 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
922 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
923 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
924 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
925 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
926 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
927 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
928 correctness.
929
930 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
931 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
932 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
933 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
934 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
935 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
936
937 @node Merging GLR Parses
938 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
939 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
941 @findex %dprec
942 @findex %merge
943 @cindex conflicts
944 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
945
946 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
947
948 @example
949 %@{
950 #include <stdio.h>
951 #define YYSTYPE char const *
952 int yylex (void);
953 void yyerror (char const *);
954 %@}
955
956 %token TYPENAME ID
957
958 %right '='
959 %left '+'
960
961 %glr-parser
962
963 %%
964
965 prog :
966 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
967 ;
968
969 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
970 | decl %dprec 2
971 ;
972
973 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
974 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
975 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
976 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
977 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
978 ;
979
980 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
982 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
983 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
984 ;
985
986 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
987 | '(' declarator ')'
988 ;
989 @end example
990
991 @noindent
992 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
993 certain declarations and statements. For example,
994
995 @example
996 T (x) = y+z;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1001 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1002 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1003 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1004 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1005 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1006 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1007 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1008 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1009 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1010 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1011 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1012 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1013 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1014
1015 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1016 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1017 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1018 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1019 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1020 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1021 The parser therefore prints
1022
1023 @example
1024 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1025 @end example
1026
1027 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1028 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1029
1030 @example
1031 T (x) + y;
1032 @end example
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1036 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1037 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1038 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1039 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1040 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1041 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1042 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1043 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1044 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1045
1046 @example
1047 x T <cast> y +
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1051 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1052 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1053 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1054 follows:
1055
1056 @example
1057 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1059 ;
1060 @end example
1061
1062 @noindent
1063 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1064
1065 @example
1066 static YYSTYPE
1067 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1068 @{
1069 printf ("<OR> ");
1070 return "";
1071 @}
1072 @end example
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 with an accompanying forward declaration
1076 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1077
1078 @example
1079 %@{
1080 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1081 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1082 %@}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1087 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1088
1089 @example
1090 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1091 @end example
1092
1093 Bison requires that all of the
1094 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1095 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1096 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1097 the offending merge.
1098
1099 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1100 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1101
1102 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1103 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1104 the associated reduction.
1105 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1106 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1107
1108 @vindex yychar
1109 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1110 @vindex yylval
1111 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1112 @vindex yylloc
1113 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1114 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1115 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1116 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1117 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1118 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1119 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1120 influence syntax analysis.
1121 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1122
1123 @findex yyclearin
1124 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1125 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1126 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1127 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1128 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1129 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1130 future versions of Bison.
1131 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1132 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1133 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1134
1135 @findex YYERROR
1136 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1137 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1138 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1139 initiate error recovery.
1140 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1141 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1142 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1143 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1144
1145 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1146 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1147
1148 @node Compiler Requirements
1149 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1150 @cindex @code{inline}
1151 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1152
1153 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1154 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1155 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1156 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1157 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1158 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1159
1160 @example
1161 %@{
1162 #include <config.h>
1163 %@}
1164 @end example
1165
1166 @noindent
1167 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1168
1169 @example
1170 %@{
1171 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1172 #define inline
1173 #endif
1174 %@}
1175 @end example
1176
1177 @node Locations Overview
1178 @section Locations
1179 @cindex location
1180 @cindex textual location
1181 @cindex location, textual
1182
1183 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1184 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1185 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1186 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1187
1188 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1189 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1190 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1191 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1192
1193 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1194 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1195 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1196 @code{@@3}.
1197
1198 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1199 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1200 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1201 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1202 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1203 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1204 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1205
1206 @node Bison Parser
1207 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1208 @cindex Bison parser
1209 @cindex Bison utility
1210 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1211 @cindex parser
1212
1213 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1214 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1215 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1216 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1217 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1218 program.
1219
1220 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1221 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1222 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1223 uses.
1224
1225 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1226 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1227 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1228 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1229 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1230 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1231 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1232
1233 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1234 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1235 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1236 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1237 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1238 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1239 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1240 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1241
1242 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1243 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1244 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1245 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1246 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1247 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1248 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1249 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1250 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1251 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1252 meanings.
1253
1254 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1255 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1256 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1257 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1258 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1259 included if message translation is in use
1260 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1261 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1262 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1263
1264 @node Stages
1265 @section Stages in Using Bison
1266 @cindex stages in using Bison
1267 @cindex using Bison
1268
1269 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1270 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1271
1272 @enumerate
1273 @item
1274 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1275 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1276 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1277 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1278 sequence of C statements.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1282 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1283 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1284 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1285
1286 @item
1287 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1288
1289 @item
1290 Write error-reporting routines.
1291 @end enumerate
1292
1293 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1294 must follow these steps:
1295
1296 @enumerate
1297 @item
1298 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1299
1300 @item
1301 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1302
1303 @item
1304 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1305 @end enumerate
1306
1307 @node Grammar Layout
1308 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1309 @cindex grammar file
1310 @cindex file format
1311 @cindex format of grammar file
1312 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1313
1314 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1315 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1316
1317 @example
1318 %@{
1319 @var{Prologue}
1320 %@}
1321
1322 @var{Bison declarations}
1323
1324 %%
1325 @var{Grammar rules}
1326 %%
1327 @var{Epilogue}
1328 @end example
1329
1330 @noindent
1331 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1332 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1333
1334 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1335 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1336 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1337 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1338 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1339 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1340
1341 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1342 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1343 semantic values of various symbols.
1344
1345 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1346 parts.
1347
1348 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1349 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1350 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1351
1352 @node Examples
1353 @chapter Examples
1354 @cindex simple examples
1355 @cindex examples, simple
1356
1357 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1358 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1359 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1360 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1361 desk-top calculator.
1362
1363 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1364 languages are written the same way.
1365 @ifinfo
1366 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1367 to try them.
1368 @end ifinfo
1369
1370 @menu
1371 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1372 a first example with no operator precedence.
1373 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1374 Operator precedence is introduced.
1375 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1376 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1377 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1378 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1379 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1380 @end menu
1381
1382 @node RPN Calc
1383 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1384 @cindex reverse polish notation
1385 @cindex polish notation calculator
1386 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1387 @cindex calculator, simple
1388
1389 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1390 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1391 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1392 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1393
1394 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1395 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1396
1397 @menu
1398 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1399 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1400 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1401 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1402 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1403 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1404 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1405 @end menu
1406
1407 @node Rpcalc Decls
1408 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1409
1410 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1411 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1412
1413 @example
1414 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1415
1416 %@{
1417 #define YYSTYPE double
1418 #include <math.h>
1419 int yylex (void);
1420 void yyerror (char const *);
1421 %@}
1422
1423 %token NUM
1424
1425 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1426 @end example
1427
1428 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1429 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1430
1431 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1432 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1433 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1434 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1435 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1436 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1437 which is a floating point number.
1438
1439 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1440 function @code{pow}.
1441
1442 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1443 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1444 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1445 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1446 prologue.
1447
1448 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1449 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1450 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1451 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1452 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1453 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1454 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1455 type for numeric constants.
1456
1457 @node Rpcalc Rules
1458 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1459
1460 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1461
1462 @example
1463 input: /* empty */
1464 | input line
1465 ;
1466
1467 line: '\n'
1468 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1469 ;
1470
1471 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1472 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1473 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1474 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1475 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1476 /* Exponentiation */
1477 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1478 /* Unary minus */
1479 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1480 ;
1481 %%
1482 @end example
1483
1484 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1485 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1486 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1487 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1488 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1489 mean.
1490
1491 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1492 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1493 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1494
1495 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1496 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1497 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1498 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1499 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1500 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1501
1502 @menu
1503 * Rpcalc Input::
1504 * Rpcalc Line::
1505 * Rpcalc Expr::
1506 @end menu
1507
1508 @node Rpcalc Input
1509 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1510
1511 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1512
1513 @example
1514 input: /* empty */
1515 | input line
1516 ;
1517 @end example
1518
1519 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1520 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1521 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1522 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1523 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1524
1525 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1526 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1527 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1528 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1529 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1530 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1531
1532 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1533 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1534 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1535 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1536 more times.
1537
1538 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1539 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1540 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1541
1542 @node Rpcalc Line
1543 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1544
1545 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1546
1547 @example
1548 line: '\n'
1549 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1550 ;
1551 @end example
1552
1553 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1554 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1555 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1556 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1557 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1558 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1559 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1560
1561 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1562 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1563 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1564 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1565 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1566
1567 @node Rpcalc Expr
1568 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1569
1570 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1571 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1572 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1573 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1574
1575 @example
1576 exp: NUM
1577 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1578 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1579 @dots{}
1580 ;
1581 @end example
1582
1583 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1584 equally well have written them separately:
1585
1586 @example
1587 exp: NUM ;
1588 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1589 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1590 @dots{}
1591 @end example
1592
1593 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1594 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1595 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1596 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1597 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1598 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1599 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1600 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1601
1602 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1603 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1604 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1605
1606 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1607 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1608 For example, this:
1609
1610 @example
1611 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1612 @end example
1613
1614 @noindent
1615 means the same thing as this:
1616
1617 @example
1618 exp: NUM
1619 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1620 | @dots{}
1621 ;
1622 @end example
1623
1624 @noindent
1625 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1626
1627 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1628 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1629 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1630 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1631
1632 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1633 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1634 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1635 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1636
1637 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1638 calculator. This
1639 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1640 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1641 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1642 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1643
1644 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1645 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1646 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1647 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1648 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1649 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1650 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1651 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1652 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1653
1654 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1655 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1656 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1657 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1658 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1659
1660 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1661 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1662
1663 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1664
1665 @example
1666 @group
1667 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1668 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1669 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1670 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1671
1672 #include <ctype.h>
1673 @end group
1674
1675 @group
1676 int
1677 yylex (void)
1678 @{
1679 int c;
1680
1681 /* Skip white space. */
1682 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1683 ;
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Process numbers. */
1687 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1688 @{
1689 ungetc (c, stdin);
1690 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1691 return NUM;
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @group
1695 /* Return end-of-input. */
1696 if (c == EOF)
1697 return 0;
1698 /* Return a single char. */
1699 return c;
1700 @}
1701 @end group
1702 @end example
1703
1704 @node Rpcalc Main
1705 @subsection The Controlling Function
1706 @cindex controlling function
1707 @cindex main function in simple example
1708
1709 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1710 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1711 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1712
1713 @example
1714 @group
1715 int
1716 main (void)
1717 @{
1718 return yyparse ();
1719 @}
1720 @end group
1721 @end example
1722
1723 @node Rpcalc Error
1724 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1725 @cindex error reporting routine
1726
1727 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1728 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1729 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1730 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1731 here is the definition we will use:
1732
1733 @example
1734 @group
1735 #include <stdio.h>
1736
1737 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1738 void
1739 yyerror (char const *s)
1740 @{
1741 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1742 @}
1743 @end group
1744 @end example
1745
1746 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1747 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1748 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1749 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1750 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1751 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1752
1753 @node Rpcalc Gen
1754 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1755 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1756
1757 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1758 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1759 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1760 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1761 end, in the epilogue of the file
1762 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1763
1764 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1765 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1766
1767 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1768 convert it into a parser file:
1769
1770 @example
1771 bison @var{file}.y
1772 @end example
1773
1774 @noindent
1775 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1776 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1777 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1778 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1779 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1780 are copied verbatim to the output.
1781
1782 @node Rpcalc Compile
1783 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1784 @cindex compiling the parser
1785
1786 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1787
1788 @example
1789 @group
1790 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1791 $ @kbd{ls}
1792 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1793 @end group
1794
1795 @group
1796 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1797 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1798 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1799 @end group
1800
1801 @group
1802 # @r{List files again.}
1803 $ @kbd{ls}
1804 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1805 @end group
1806 @end example
1807
1808 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1809 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1810
1811 @example
1812 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1813 @kbd{4 9 +}
1814 13
1815 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1816 -13
1817 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1818 13
1819 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1820 -3.166666667
1821 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1822 81
1823 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1824 $
1825 @end example
1826
1827 @node Infix Calc
1828 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1829 @cindex infix notation calculator
1830 @cindex @code{calc}
1831 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1832
1833 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1834 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1835 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1836 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1837
1838 @example
1839 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1840
1841 %@{
1842 #define YYSTYPE double
1843 #include <math.h>
1844 #include <stdio.h>
1845 int yylex (void);
1846 void yyerror (char const *);
1847 %@}
1848
1849 /* Bison declarations. */
1850 %token NUM
1851 %left '-' '+'
1852 %left '*' '/'
1853 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1854 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1855
1856 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1857 input: /* empty */
1858 | input line
1859 ;
1860
1861 line: '\n'
1862 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1863 ;
1864
1865 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1866 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1867 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1868 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1869 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1870 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1871 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1872 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1873 ;
1874 %%
1875 @end example
1876
1877 @noindent
1878 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1879 same as before.
1880
1881 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1882
1883 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1884 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1885 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1886 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1887 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1888 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1889 the associativity.)
1890
1891 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1892 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1893 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1894 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1895 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1896 Precedence}.
1897
1898 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1899 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1900 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1901 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1902 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1903
1904 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1905
1906 @need 500
1907 @example
1908 $ @kbd{calc}
1909 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1910 6.880952381
1911 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1912 -54
1913 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1914 9
1915 @end example
1916
1917 @node Simple Error Recovery
1918 @section Simple Error Recovery
1919 @cindex error recovery, simple
1920
1921 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1922 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1923 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1924 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1925 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1926 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1927
1928 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1929 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1930 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1931
1932 @example
1933 @group
1934 line: '\n'
1935 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1936 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1937 ;
1938 @end group
1939 @end example
1940
1941 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1942 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1943 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1944 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1945 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1946 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1947 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1948 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1949 misprint.
1950
1951 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1952 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1953 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1954 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1955 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1956 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1957 Bison programs.
1958
1959 @node Location Tracking Calc
1960 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1961 @cindex location tracking calculator
1962 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1963 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1964
1965 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1966 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1967 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1968 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1969 analyzer.
1970
1971 @menu
1972 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1973 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1974 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1975 @end menu
1976
1977 @node Ltcalc Decls
1978 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1979
1980 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1981 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1982
1983 @example
1984 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1985
1986 %@{
1987 #define YYSTYPE int
1988 #include <math.h>
1989 int yylex (void);
1990 void yyerror (char const *);
1991 %@}
1992
1993 /* Bison declarations. */
1994 %token NUM
1995
1996 %left '-' '+'
1997 %left '*' '/'
1998 %left NEG
1999 %right '^'
2000
2001 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2002 @end example
2003
2004 @noindent
2005 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2006 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2007 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2008 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2009 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2010 @code{last_column}.
2011
2012 @node Ltcalc Rules
2013 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2014
2015 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2016 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2017 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2018 from the new information.
2019
2020 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2021 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2022
2023 @example
2024 @group
2025 input : /* empty */
2026 | input line
2027 ;
2028 @end group
2029
2030 @group
2031 line : '\n'
2032 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2033 ;
2034 @end group
2035
2036 @group
2037 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2038 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2039 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2040 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2041 @end group
2042 @group
2043 | exp '/' exp
2044 @{
2045 if ($3)
2046 $$ = $1 / $3;
2047 else
2048 @{
2049 $$ = 1;
2050 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2051 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2052 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2053 @}
2054 @}
2055 @end group
2056 @group
2057 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2058 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2059 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2060 @end group
2061 @end example
2062
2063 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2064 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2065 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2066
2067 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2068 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2069 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2070 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2071 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2072 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2073 hand.
2074
2075 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2076 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2077
2078 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2079 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2080 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2081 semantic values.
2082
2083 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2084 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2085
2086 @example
2087 @group
2088 int
2089 yylex (void)
2090 @{
2091 int c;
2092 @end group
2093
2094 @group
2095 /* Skip white space. */
2096 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2097 ++yylloc.last_column;
2098 @end group
2099
2100 @group
2101 /* Step. */
2102 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2103 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2104 @end group
2105
2106 @group
2107 /* Process numbers. */
2108 if (isdigit (c))
2109 @{
2110 yylval = c - '0';
2111 ++yylloc.last_column;
2112 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2113 @{
2114 ++yylloc.last_column;
2115 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2116 @}
2117 ungetc (c, stdin);
2118 return NUM;
2119 @}
2120 @end group
2121
2122 /* Return end-of-input. */
2123 if (c == EOF)
2124 return 0;
2125
2126 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2127 if (c == '\n')
2128 @{
2129 ++yylloc.last_line;
2130 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2131 @}
2132 else
2133 ++yylloc.last_column;
2134 return c;
2135 @}
2136 @end example
2137
2138 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2139 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2140 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2141 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2142
2143 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2144 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2145 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2146 controlling function:
2147
2148 @example
2149 @group
2150 int
2151 main (void)
2152 @{
2153 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2154 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2155 return yyparse ();
2156 @}
2157 @end group
2158 @end example
2159
2160 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2161 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2162 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2163
2164 @node Multi-function Calc
2165 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2166 @cindex multi-function calculator
2167 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2168 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2169
2170 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2171 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2172 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2173 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2174 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2175
2176 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2177 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2178 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2179 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2180 functions whose syntax has this form:
2181
2182 @example
2183 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2184 @end example
2185
2186 @noindent
2187 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2188 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2189 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2190
2191 @example
2192 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2193 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2194 3.1415926536
2195 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2196 0.0000000000
2197 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2198 2.3000000000
2199 @kbd{alpha}
2200 2.3000000000
2201 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2202 0.8329091229
2203 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2204 2.3000000000
2205 $
2206 @end example
2207
2208 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2209
2210 @menu
2211 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2212 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2213 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2214 @end menu
2215
2216 @node Mfcalc Decl
2217 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2218
2219 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2220
2221 @smallexample
2222 @group
2223 %@{
2224 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2225 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2226 int yylex (void);
2227 void yyerror (char const *);
2228 %@}
2229 @end group
2230 @group
2231 %union @{
2232 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2233 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2234 @}
2235 @end group
2236 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2237 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2238 %type <val> exp
2239
2240 @group
2241 %right '='
2242 %left '-' '+'
2243 %left '*' '/'
2244 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2245 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2246 @end group
2247 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2248 @end smallexample
2249
2250 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2251 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2252 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2253
2254 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2255 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2256 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2257 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2258
2259 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2260 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2261 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2262 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2263 between angle brackets).
2264
2265 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2266 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2267 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2268 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2269 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2270 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2271
2272 @node Mfcalc Rules
2273 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2274
2275 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2276 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2277 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2278
2279 @smallexample
2280 @group
2281 input: /* empty */
2282 | input line
2283 ;
2284 @end group
2285
2286 @group
2287 line:
2288 '\n'
2289 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2290 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2291 ;
2292 @end group
2293
2294 @group
2295 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2296 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2297 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2298 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2299 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2300 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2301 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2302 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2303 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2304 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2305 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2306 ;
2307 @end group
2308 /* End of grammar. */
2309 %%
2310 @end smallexample
2311
2312 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2313 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2314 @cindex symbol table example
2315
2316 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2317 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2318 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2319 requires some additional C functions for support.
2320
2321 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2322 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2323 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2324
2325 @smallexample
2326 @group
2327 /* Function type. */
2328 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2329 @end group
2330
2331 @group
2332 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2333 struct symrec
2334 @{
2335 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2336 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2337 union
2338 @{
2339 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2340 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2341 @} value;
2342 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2343 @};
2344 @end group
2345
2346 @group
2347 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2348
2349 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2350 extern symrec *sym_table;
2351
2352 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2353 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2354 @end group
2355 @end smallexample
2356
2357 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2358 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2359 @code{init_table} as well:
2360
2361 @smallexample
2362 #include <stdio.h>
2363
2364 @group
2365 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2366 void
2367 yyerror (char const *s)
2368 @{
2369 printf ("%s\n", s);
2370 @}
2371 @end group
2372
2373 @group
2374 struct init
2375 @{
2376 char const *fname;
2377 double (*fnct) (double);
2378 @};
2379 @end group
2380
2381 @group
2382 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2383 @{
2384 "sin", sin,
2385 "cos", cos,
2386 "atan", atan,
2387 "ln", log,
2388 "exp", exp,
2389 "sqrt", sqrt,
2390 0, 0
2391 @};
2392 @end group
2393
2394 @group
2395 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2396 symrec *sym_table;
2397 @end group
2398
2399 @group
2400 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2401 void
2402 init_table (void)
2403 @{
2404 int i;
2405 symrec *ptr;
2406 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2407 @{
2408 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2409 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2410 @}
2411 @}
2412 @end group
2413
2414 @group
2415 int
2416 main (void)
2417 @{
2418 init_table ();
2419 return yyparse ();
2420 @}
2421 @end group
2422 @end smallexample
2423
2424 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2425 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2426
2427 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2428 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2429 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2430 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2431 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2432 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2433
2434 @smallexample
2435 symrec *
2436 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2437 @{
2438 symrec *ptr;
2439 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2440 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2441 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2442 ptr->type = sym_type;
2443 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2444 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2445 sym_table = ptr;
2446 return ptr;
2447 @}
2448
2449 symrec *
2450 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2451 @{
2452 symrec *ptr;
2453 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2454 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2455 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2456 return ptr;
2457 return 0;
2458 @}
2459 @end smallexample
2460
2461 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2462 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2463 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2464 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2465
2466 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2467 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2468 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2469 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2470 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2471 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2472
2473 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2474 operators in @code{yylex}.
2475
2476 @smallexample
2477 @group
2478 #include <ctype.h>
2479 @end group
2480
2481 @group
2482 int
2483 yylex (void)
2484 @{
2485 int c;
2486
2487 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2488 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2489
2490 if (c == EOF)
2491 return 0;
2492 @end group
2493
2494 @group
2495 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2496 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2497 @{
2498 ungetc (c, stdin);
2499 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2500 return NUM;
2501 @}
2502 @end group
2503
2504 @group
2505 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2506 if (isalpha (c))
2507 @{
2508 symrec *s;
2509 static char *symbuf = 0;
2510 static int length = 0;
2511 int i;
2512 @end group
2513
2514 @group
2515 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2516 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2517 if (length == 0)
2518 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2519
2520 i = 0;
2521 do
2522 @end group
2523 @group
2524 @{
2525 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2526 if (i == length)
2527 @{
2528 length *= 2;
2529 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2530 @}
2531 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2532 symbuf[i++] = c;
2533 /* Get another character. */
2534 c = getchar ();
2535 @}
2536 @end group
2537 @group
2538 while (isalnum (c));
2539
2540 ungetc (c, stdin);
2541 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2542 @end group
2543
2544 @group
2545 s = getsym (symbuf);
2546 if (s == 0)
2547 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2548 yylval.tptr = s;
2549 return s->type;
2550 @}
2551
2552 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2553 return c;
2554 @}
2555 @end group
2556 @end smallexample
2557
2558 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2559 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2560 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2561
2562 @node Exercises
2563 @section Exercises
2564 @cindex exercises
2565
2566 @enumerate
2567 @item
2568 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2569
2570 @item
2571 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2572 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2573 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2574
2575 @item
2576 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2577 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2578 @end enumerate
2579
2580 @node Grammar File
2581 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2582
2583 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2584 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2585
2586 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2587 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2588
2589 @menu
2590 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2591 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2592 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2593 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2594 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2595 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2596 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2597 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2598 @end menu
2599
2600 @node Grammar Outline
2601 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2602
2603 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2604 appropriate delimiters:
2605
2606 @example
2607 %@{
2608 @var{Prologue}
2609 %@}
2610
2611 @var{Bison declarations}
2612
2613 %%
2614 @var{Grammar rules}
2615 %%
2616
2617 @var{Epilogue}
2618 @end example
2619
2620 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2621 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2622 continues until end of line.
2623
2624 @menu
2625 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2626 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2627 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2628 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2629 @end menu
2630
2631 @node Prologue
2632 @subsection The prologue
2633 @cindex declarations section
2634 @cindex Prologue
2635 @cindex declarations
2636
2637 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2638 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2639 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2640 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2641 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2642 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2643 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2644
2645 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2646 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2647 character constant.
2648
2649 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2650 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2651 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2652 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2653 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2654 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2655 @code{%union} declaration.
2656
2657 @smallexample
2658 %@{
2659 #include <stdio.h>
2660 #include "ptypes.h"
2661 %@}
2662
2663 %union @{
2664 long int n;
2665 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2666 @}
2667
2668 %@{
2669 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2670 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2671 %@}
2672
2673 @dots{}
2674 @end smallexample
2675
2676 @node Bison Declarations
2677 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2678 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2679 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2680
2681 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2682 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2683 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2684 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2685
2686 @node Grammar Rules
2687 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2688 @cindex grammar rules section
2689 @cindex rules section for grammar
2690
2691 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2692 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2693
2694 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2695 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2696 if it is the first thing in the file.
2697
2698 @node Epilogue
2699 @subsection The epilogue
2700 @cindex additional C code section
2701 @cindex epilogue
2702 @cindex C code, section for additional
2703
2704 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2705 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2706 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2707 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2708 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2709 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2710 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2711 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2712 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2713
2714 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2715 from the grammar rules.
2716
2717 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2718 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2719 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2720 of the grammar file.
2721
2722 @node Symbols
2723 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2724 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2725 @cindex terminal symbol
2726 @cindex token type
2727 @cindex symbol
2728
2729 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2730 of the language.
2731
2732 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2733 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2734 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2735 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2736 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2737 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2738 the symbol to stand for it.
2739
2740 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2741 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2742 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2743
2744 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2745 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2746
2747 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2748
2749 @itemize @bullet
2750 @item
2751 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2752 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2753 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2754 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2755
2756 @item
2757 @cindex character token
2758 @cindex literal token
2759 @cindex single-character literal
2760 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2761 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2762 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2763 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2764 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2765 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2766 ,Operator Precedence}).
2767
2768 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2769 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2770 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2771 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2772 your program will confuse other readers.
2773
2774 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2775 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2776 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2777 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2778 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2779 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2780 allowed.
2781
2782 @item
2783 @cindex string token
2784 @cindex literal string token
2785 @cindex multicharacter literal
2786 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2787 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2788 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2789 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2790 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2791
2792 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2793 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2794 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2795 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2796 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2797
2798 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2799
2800 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2801 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2802 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2803 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2804 read your program will be confused.
2805
2806 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2807 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2808 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2809 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2810 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2811 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2812 @end itemize
2813
2814 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2815 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2816 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2817
2818 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2819 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2820 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2821 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2822 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2823 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2824 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2825 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2826 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2827 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2828 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2829 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2830
2831 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2832 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2833 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2834 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2835 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2836
2837 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2838 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2839 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2840 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2841 characters in the following C-language string:
2842
2843 @example
2844 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2845 @end example
2846
2847 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2848 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2849 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2850 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2851 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2852 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2853 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2854 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2855 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2856 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2857 compiling them.
2858
2859 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2860 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2861 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2862 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2863 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2864
2865 @node Rules
2866 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2867 @cindex rule syntax
2868 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2869 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2870
2871 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2872
2873 @example
2874 @group
2875 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2876 ;
2877 @end group
2878 @end example
2879
2880 @noindent
2881 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2882 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2883 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2884
2885 For example,
2886
2887 @example
2888 @group
2889 exp: exp '+' exp
2890 ;
2891 @end group
2892 @end example
2893
2894 @noindent
2895 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2896 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2897
2898 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2899 extra white space as you wish.
2900
2901 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2902 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2903
2904 @example
2905 @{@var{C statements}@}
2906 @end example
2907
2908 @noindent
2909 @cindex braced code
2910 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2911 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2912 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2913 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2914 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2915
2916 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2917 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2918 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2919 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2920 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2921 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2922 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2923 character constants.
2924
2925 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2926 @xref{Actions}.
2927
2928 @findex |
2929 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2930 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2931
2932 @ifinfo
2933 @example
2934 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2935 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2936 @dots{}
2937 ;
2938 @end example
2939 @end ifinfo
2940 @iftex
2941 @example
2942 @group
2943 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2944 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2945 @dots{}
2946 ;
2947 @end group
2948 @end example
2949 @end iftex
2950
2951 @noindent
2952 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2953
2954 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2955 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2956 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2957
2958 @example
2959 @group
2960 expseq: /* empty */
2961 | expseq1
2962 ;
2963 @end group
2964
2965 @group
2966 expseq1: exp
2967 | expseq1 ',' exp
2968 ;
2969 @end group
2970 @end example
2971
2972 @noindent
2973 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2974 with no components.
2975
2976 @node Recursion
2977 @section Recursive Rules
2978 @cindex recursive rule
2979
2980 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2981 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2982 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2983 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2984 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2985
2986 @example
2987 @group
2988 expseq1: exp
2989 | expseq1 ',' exp
2990 ;
2991 @end group
2992 @end example
2993
2994 @cindex left recursion
2995 @cindex right recursion
2996 @noindent
2997 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2998 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2999 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3000
3001 @example
3002 @group
3003 expseq1: exp
3004 | exp ',' expseq1
3005 ;
3006 @end group
3007 @end example
3008
3009 @noindent
3010 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3011 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3012 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3013 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3014 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3015 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3016 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3017 of this.
3018
3019 @cindex mutual recursion
3020 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3021 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3022 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3023 side.
3024
3025 For example:
3026
3027 @example
3028 @group
3029 expr: primary
3030 | primary '+' primary
3031 ;
3032 @end group
3033
3034 @group
3035 primary: constant
3036 | '(' expr ')'
3037 ;
3038 @end group
3039 @end example
3040
3041 @noindent
3042 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3043 other.
3044
3045 @node Semantics
3046 @section Defining Language Semantics
3047 @cindex defining language semantics
3048 @cindex language semantics, defining
3049
3050 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3051 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3052 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3053
3054 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3055 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3056 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3057 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3058
3059 @menu
3060 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3061 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3062 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3063 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3064 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3065 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3066 action in the middle of a rule.
3067 @end menu
3068
3069 @node Value Type
3070 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3071 @cindex semantic value type
3072 @cindex value type, semantic
3073 @cindex data types of semantic values
3074 @cindex default data type
3075
3076 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3077 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3078 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3079 Notation Calculator}).
3080
3081 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3082 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3083
3084 @example
3085 #define YYSTYPE double
3086 @end example
3087
3088 @noindent
3089 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3090 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3091
3092 @node Multiple Types
3093 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3094
3095 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3096 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3097 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3098 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3099 symbol table.
3100
3101 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3102 requires you to do two things:
3103
3104 @itemize @bullet
3105 @item
3106 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3107 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3108 Value Types}).
3109
3110 @item
3111 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3112 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3113 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3114 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3115 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3116 @end itemize
3117
3118 @node Actions
3119 @subsection Actions
3120 @cindex action
3121 @vindex $$
3122 @vindex $@var{n}
3123
3124 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3125 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3126 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3127 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3128
3129 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3130 placed at any position in the rule;
3131 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3132 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3133 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3134 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3135
3136 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3137 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3138 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3139 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3140 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3141 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3142 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3143
3144 Here is a typical example:
3145
3146 @example
3147 @group
3148 exp: @dots{}
3149 | exp '+' exp
3150 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3151 @end group
3152 @end example
3153
3154 @noindent
3155 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3156 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3157 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3158 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3159 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3160 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3161 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3162 referred to as @code{$2}.
3163
3164 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3165 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3166 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3167 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3168 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3169
3170 @example
3171 @group
3172 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3173 @end group
3174 @end example
3175
3176 @cindex default action
3177 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3178 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3179 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3180 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3181 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3182 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3183
3184 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3185 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3186 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3187 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3188 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3189
3190 @example
3191 @group
3192 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3193 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3194 ;
3195 @end group
3196
3197 @group
3198 bar: /* empty */
3199 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3200 ;
3201 @end group
3202 @end example
3203
3204 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3205 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3206 definition of @code{foo}.
3207
3208 @vindex yylval
3209 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3210 any, from a semantic action.
3211 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3212 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3213
3214 @node Action Types
3215 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3216 @cindex action data types
3217 @cindex data types in actions
3218
3219 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3220 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3221
3222 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3223 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3224 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3225 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3226 in the rule. In this example,
3227
3228 @example
3229 @group
3230 exp: @dots{}
3231 | exp '+' exp
3232 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3233 @end group
3234 @end example
3235
3236 @noindent
3237 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3238 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3239 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3240 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3241
3242 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3243 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3244 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3245
3246 @example
3247 @group
3248 %union @{
3249 int itype;
3250 double dtype;
3251 @}
3252 @end group
3253 @end example
3254
3255 @noindent
3256 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3257 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3258
3259 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3260 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3261 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3262 @cindex mid-rule actions
3263
3264 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3265 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3266 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3267
3268 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3269 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3270 it is run before they are parsed.
3271
3272 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3273 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3274 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3275 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3276 @code{$@var{n}}.
3277
3278 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3279 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3280 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3281 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3282 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3283 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3284
3285 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3286 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3287 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3288 at the end of the rule.
3289
3290 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3291 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3292 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3293 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3294 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3295 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3296
3297 @example
3298 @group
3299 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3300 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3301 declare_variable ($3); @}
3302 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3303 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3304 @end group
3305 @end example
3306
3307 @noindent
3308 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3309 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3310 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3311 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3312 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3313 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3314 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3315 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3316
3317 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3318 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3319 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3320 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3321 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3322
3323 @findex %destructor
3324 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3325 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3326 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3327 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3328 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3329 restoring it.
3330 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3331 Discarded Symbols}).
3332 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3333 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3334
3335 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3336 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3337
3338 @example
3339 @group
3340 %type <context> let
3341 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3342
3343 %%
3344
3345 stmt: let stmt
3346 @{ $$ = $2;
3347 pop_context ($1); @}
3348 ;
3349
3350 let: LET '(' var ')'
3351 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3352 declare_variable ($3); @}
3353 ;
3354
3355 @end group
3356 @end example
3357
3358 @noindent
3359 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3360 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3361 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3362
3363 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3364 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3365 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3366 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3367 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3368 declaration or not:
3369
3370 @example
3371 @group
3372 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3373 | '@{' statements '@}'
3374 ;
3375 @end group
3376 @end example
3377
3378 @noindent
3379 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3380
3381 @example
3382 @group
3383 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3384 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3385 @end group
3386 @group
3387 | '@{' statements '@}'
3388 ;
3389 @end group
3390 @end example
3391
3392 @noindent
3393 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3394 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3395 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3396 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3397 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3398 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3399
3400 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3401 actions into the two rules, like this:
3402
3403 @example
3404 @group
3405 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3406 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3407 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3408 '@{' statements '@}'
3409 ;
3410 @end group
3411 @end example
3412
3413 @noindent
3414 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3415 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3416
3417 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3418 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3419 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3420
3421 @example
3422 @group
3423 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3424 declarations statements '@}'
3425 | '@{' statements '@}'
3426 ;
3427 @end group
3428 @end example
3429
3430 @noindent
3431 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3432 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3433
3434 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3435 serves as a subroutine:
3436
3437 @example
3438 @group
3439 subroutine: /* empty */
3440 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3441 ;
3442
3443 @end group
3444
3445 @group
3446 compound: subroutine
3447 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3448 | subroutine
3449 '@{' statements '@}'
3450 ;
3451 @end group
3452 @end example
3453
3454 @noindent
3455 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3456 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3457
3458 @node Locations
3459 @section Tracking Locations
3460 @cindex location
3461 @cindex textual location
3462 @cindex location, textual
3463
3464 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3465 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3466 especially symbol locations.
3467
3468 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3469 actions to take when rules are matched.
3470
3471 @menu
3472 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3473 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3474 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3475 @end menu
3476
3477 @node Location Type
3478 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3479 @cindex data type of locations
3480 @cindex default location type
3481
3482 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3483 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3484
3485 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3486 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3487 four members:
3488
3489 @example
3490 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3491 @{
3492 int first_line;
3493 int first_column;
3494 int last_line;
3495 int last_column;
3496 @} YYLTYPE;
3497 @end example
3498
3499 @node Actions and Locations
3500 @subsection Actions and Locations
3501 @cindex location actions
3502 @cindex actions, location
3503 @vindex @@$
3504 @vindex @@@var{n}
3505
3506 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3507 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3508
3509 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3510 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3511 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3512 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3513 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3514 @code{@@$}.
3515
3516 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3517
3518 @example
3519 @group
3520 exp: @dots{}
3521 | exp '/' exp
3522 @{
3523 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3524 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3525 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3526 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3527 if ($3)
3528 $$ = $1 / $3;
3529 else
3530 @{
3531 $$ = 1;
3532 fprintf (stderr,
3533 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3534 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3535 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3536 @}
3537 @}
3538 @end group
3539 @end example
3540
3541 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3542 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3543 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3544 last symbol.
3545
3546 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3547 example above simply rewrites this way:
3548
3549 @example
3550 @group
3551 exp: @dots{}
3552 | exp '/' exp
3553 @{
3554 if ($3)
3555 $$ = $1 / $3;
3556 else
3557 @{
3558 $$ = 1;
3559 fprintf (stderr,
3560 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3561 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3562 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3563 @}
3564 @}
3565 @end group
3566 @end example
3567
3568 @vindex yylloc
3569 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3570 from a semantic action.
3571 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3572 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3573
3574 @node Location Default Action
3575 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3576 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3577 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3578
3579 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3580 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3581 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3582 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3583 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3584 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3585 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3586 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3587 of that ambiguity.
3588
3589 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3590 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3591
3592 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3593 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3594 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3595 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3596 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3597 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3598 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3599 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3600 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3601 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3602
3603 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3604
3605 @smallexample
3606 @group
3607 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3608 do \
3609 if (N) \
3610 @{ \
3611 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3612 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3613 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3614 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3615 @} \
3616 else \
3617 @{ \
3618 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3619 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3620 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3621 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3622 @} \
3623 while (0)
3624 @end group
3625 @end smallexample
3626
3627 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3628 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3629 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3630
3631 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3632
3633 @itemize @bullet
3634 @item
3635 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3636 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3637
3638 @item
3639 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3640 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3641 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3642 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3643
3644 @item
3645 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3646 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3647 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3648 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3649 @end itemize
3650
3651 @node Declarations
3652 @section Bison Declarations
3653 @cindex declarations, Bison
3654 @cindex Bison declarations
3655
3656 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3657 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3658 @xref{Symbols}.
3659
3660 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3661 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3662 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3663 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3664
3665 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3666 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3667 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3668 Grammars}).
3669
3670 @menu
3671 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3672 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3673 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3674 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3675 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3676 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3677 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3678 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3679 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3680 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3681 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3682 @end menu
3683
3684 @node Require Decl
3685 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3686 @cindex version requirement
3687 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3688 @findex %require
3689
3690 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3691 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3692 status 63).
3693
3694 @example
3695 %require "@var{version}"
3696 @end example
3697
3698 @node Token Decl
3699 @subsection Token Type Names
3700 @cindex declaring token type names
3701 @cindex token type names, declaring
3702 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3703 @findex %token
3704
3705 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3706
3707 @example
3708 %token @var{name}
3709 @end example
3710
3711 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3712 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3713 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3714
3715 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3716 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3717 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3718 Precedence}.
3719
3720 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3721 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3722 following the token name:
3723
3724 @example
3725 %token NUM 300
3726 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3727 @end example
3728
3729 @noindent
3730 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3731 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3732 with each other or with normal characters.
3733
3734 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3735 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3736 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3737 Than One Value Type}).
3738
3739 For example:
3740
3741 @example
3742 @group
3743 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3744 double val;
3745 symrec *tptr;
3746 @}
3747 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3748 @end group
3749 @end example
3750
3751 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3752 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3753 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3754
3755 @example
3756 %token arrow "=>"
3757 @end example
3758
3759 @noindent
3760 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3761 equivalent literal string tokens:
3762
3763 @example
3764 %token <operator> OR "||"
3765 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3766 %left OR "<="
3767 @end example
3768
3769 @noindent
3770 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3771 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3772 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3773 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3774
3775 @node Precedence Decl
3776 @subsection Operator Precedence
3777 @cindex precedence declarations
3778 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3779 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3780
3781 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3782 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3783 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3784 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3785 operator precedence.
3786
3787 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3788 @code{%token}: either
3789
3790 @example
3791 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3792 @end example
3793
3794 @noindent
3795 or
3796
3797 @example
3798 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3799 @end example
3800
3801 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3802 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3803 all the @var{symbols}:
3804
3805 @itemize @bullet
3806 @item
3807 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3808 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3809 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3810 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3811 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3812 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3813 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3814 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3815 considered a syntax error.
3816
3817 @item
3818 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3819 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3820 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3821 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3822 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3823 @end itemize
3824
3825 @node Union Decl
3826 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3827 @cindex declaring value types
3828 @cindex value types, declaring
3829 @findex %union
3830
3831 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3832 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3833 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3834 @code{union} in C@.
3835
3836 For example:
3837
3838 @example
3839 @group
3840 %union @{
3841 double val;
3842 symrec *tptr;
3843 @}
3844 @end group
3845 @end example
3846
3847 @noindent
3848 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3849 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3850 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3851 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3852
3853 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3854 @code{union}. For example:
3855
3856 @example
3857 @group
3858 %union value @{
3859 double val;
3860 symrec *tptr;
3861 @}
3862 @end group
3863 @end example
3864
3865 @noindent
3866 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3867 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3868 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3869
3870 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3871 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3872 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3873
3874 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3875 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3876
3877 @node Type Decl
3878 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3879 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3880 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3881 @findex %type
3882
3883 @noindent
3884 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3885 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3886 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3887
3888 @example
3889 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3890 @end example
3891
3892 @noindent
3893 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3894 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3895 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3896 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3897 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3898 the symbol names.
3899
3900 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3901 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3902 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3903 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3904
3905 @node Initial Action Decl
3906 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3907 @findex %initial-action
3908
3909 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3910 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3911 code.
3912
3913 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3914 @findex %initial-action
3915 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3916 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3917 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3918 @code{%parse-param}.
3919 @end deffn
3920
3921 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3922
3923 @example
3924 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3925 %initial-action
3926 @{
3927 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3928 @};
3929 @end example
3930
3931
3932 @node Destructor Decl
3933 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3934 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3935 @findex %destructor
3936
3937 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3938 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3939 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3940 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3941 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3942 must discard the start symbol.
3943
3944 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3945 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3946 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3947 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3948
3949 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3950 symbol is automatically discarded.
3951
3952 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3953 @findex %destructor
3954 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3955 @var{symbols}.
3956 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3957 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3958 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3959 @code{yyparse}}).
3960 @end deffn
3961
3962 For instance:
3963
3964 @smallexample
3965 %union
3966 @{
3967 char *string;
3968 @}
3969 %token <string> STRING
3970 %type <string> string
3971 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3972 @end smallexample
3973
3974 @noindent
3975 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3976 its associated memory will be freed.
3977
3978 @sp 1
3979
3980 @cindex discarded symbols
3981 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3982
3983 @itemize
3984 @item
3985 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3986 @item
3987 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3988 @item
3989 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3990 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3991 @item
3992 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3993 @end itemize
3994
3995 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3996 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3997 exhaustion.
3998
3999 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4000 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4001 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4002 the memory.
4003
4004 @node Expect Decl
4005 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4006 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4007 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4008 @cindex warnings, preventing
4009 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4010 @findex %expect
4011 @findex %expect-rr
4012
4013 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4014 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4015 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4016 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4017 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4018 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4019
4020 The declaration looks like this:
4021
4022 @example
4023 %expect @var{n}
4024 @end example
4025
4026 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4027 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4028 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4029 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4030
4031 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4032 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4033 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4034 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4035 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4036 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4037 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4038
4039 @example
4040 %expect-rr @var{n}
4041 @end example
4042
4043 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4044
4045 @itemize @bullet
4046 @item
4047 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4048 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4049 print the number of conflicts.
4050
4051 @item
4052 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4053 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4054 go back to the beginning.
4055
4056 @item
4057 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4058 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4059 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4060 @end itemize
4061
4062 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4063 will keep silent otherwise.
4064
4065 @node Start Decl
4066 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4067 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4068 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4069 @cindex default start symbol
4070 @findex %start
4071
4072 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4073 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4074 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4075
4076 @example
4077 %start @var{symbol}
4078 @end example
4079
4080 @node Pure Decl
4081 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4082 @cindex reentrant parser
4083 @cindex pure parser
4084 @findex %pure-parser
4085
4086 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4087 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4088 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4089 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4090 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4091 program must be called only within interlocks.
4092
4093 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4094 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4095 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4096 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4097 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4098
4099 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4100 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4101 reentrant. It looks like this:
4102
4103 @example
4104 %pure-parser
4105 @end example
4106
4107 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4108 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4109 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4110 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4111 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4112 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4113 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4114 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4115
4116 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4117 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4118 valid grammar.
4119
4120 @node Decl Summary
4121 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4122 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4123 @cindex declaration summary
4124 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4125
4126 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4127
4128 @deffn {Directive} %union
4129 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4130 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4131 @end deffn
4132
4133 @deffn {Directive} %token
4134 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4135 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4136 @end deffn
4137
4138 @deffn {Directive} %right
4139 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4140 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4141 @end deffn
4142
4143 @deffn {Directive} %left
4144 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4145 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4146 @end deffn
4147
4148 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4149 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4150 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4151 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4152 @end deffn
4153
4154 @ifset defaultprec
4155 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4156 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4157 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4158 @end deffn
4159 @end ifset
4160
4161 @deffn {Directive} %type
4162 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4163 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4164 @end deffn
4165
4166 @deffn {Directive} %start
4167 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4168 Start-Symbol}).
4169 @end deffn
4170
4171 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4172 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4173 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4174 @end deffn
4175
4176
4177 @sp 1
4178 @noindent
4179 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4180 directives:
4181
4182 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4183 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4184 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4185 @end deffn
4186 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4187
4188 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4189 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4190 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4191 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4192 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4193
4194 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4195 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4196 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4197 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4198 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4199 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4200 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4201 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4202
4203 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4204 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4205 Parser}.
4206
4207 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4208 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4209 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4210 Locations}.
4211
4212 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4213 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4214 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4215 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4216 Tokens}.
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4220 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4221 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4222 @end deffn
4223
4224 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4225 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4226 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4227 @end deffn
4228
4229 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4230 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4231 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4232 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4233 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4234 accurate syntax error messages.
4235 @end deffn
4236
4237 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4238 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4239 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4240 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4241 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4242 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4243 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4244 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4245 Program}.
4246 @end deffn
4247
4248 @ifset defaultprec
4249 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4250 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4251 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4252 Precedence}).
4253 @end deffn
4254 @end ifset
4255
4256 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4257 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4258 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4259 declarations.
4260
4261 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4262 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4263 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4264 @end deffn
4265
4266 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4267 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4268 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4269 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4270 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4271 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4272 file in its own right.
4273 @end deffn
4274
4275 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4276 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4280 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4281 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4282 @end deffn
4283
4284 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4285 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4286 Require a Version of Bison}.
4287 @end deffn
4288
4289 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4290 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4291 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4292 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4293 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4294 @code{"$end"},
4295 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4296 defined in the grammar file.
4297
4298 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4299 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4300 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4301 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4302 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4303 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4304 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4305 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4306
4307 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4308 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4309 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4310
4311 @table @code
4312 @item YYNTOKENS
4313 The highest token number, plus one.
4314 @item YYNNTS
4315 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4316 @item YYNRULES
4317 The number of grammar rules,
4318 @item YYNSTATES
4319 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4320 @end table
4321 @end deffn
4322
4323 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4324 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4325 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4326 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4327 information.
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4331 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4332 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4333 @end deffn
4334
4335
4336 @node Multiple Parsers
4337 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4338
4339 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4340 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4341 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4342 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4343
4344 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4345 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4346 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4347 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4348 names that do not conflict.
4349
4350 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4351 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4352 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4353 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4354
4355 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4356 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4357 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4358 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4359 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4360
4361 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4362 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4363 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4364 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4365
4366 @node Interface
4367 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4368 @cindex C-language interface
4369 @cindex interface
4370
4371 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4372 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4373 functions that it needs to use.
4374
4375 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4376 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4377 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4378 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4379
4380 @menu
4381 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4382 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4383 which reads tokens.
4384 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4385 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4386 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4387 native language.
4388 @end menu
4389
4390 @node Parser Function
4391 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4392 @findex yyparse
4393
4394 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4395 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4396 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4397 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4398 without reading further.
4399
4400
4401 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4402 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4403 is due to end-of-input).
4404
4405 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4406 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4407 invoked.
4408
4409 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4410 @end deftypefun
4411
4412 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4413 these macros:
4414
4415 @defmac YYACCEPT
4416 @findex YYACCEPT
4417 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4418 @end defmac
4419
4420 @defmac YYABORT
4421 @findex YYABORT
4422 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4423 @end defmac
4424
4425 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4426 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4427 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4428
4429 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4430 @findex %parse-param
4431 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4432 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4433 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4434 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4435 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4436 @end deffn
4437
4438 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4439
4440 @example
4441 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4442 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4443 @end example
4444
4445 @noindent
4446 Then call the parser like this:
4447
4448 @example
4449 @{
4450 int nastiness, randomness;
4451 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4452 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4453 @dots{}
4454 @}
4455 @end example
4456
4457 @noindent
4458 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4459
4460 @example
4461 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4462 @end example
4463
4464
4465 @node Lexical
4466 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4467 @findex yylex
4468 @cindex lexical analyzer
4469
4470 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4471 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4472 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4473 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4474
4475 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4476 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4477 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4478 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4479 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4480 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4481 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4482
4483 @menu
4484 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4485 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4486 of the token it has read.
4487 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4488 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4489 actions want that.
4490 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4491 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4492 @end menu
4493
4494 @node Calling Convention
4495 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4496
4497 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4498 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4499 signifies end-of-input.
4500
4501 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4502 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4503 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4504 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4505
4506 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4507 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4508 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4509 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4510 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4511 signifies end-of-input.
4512
4513 Here is an example showing these things:
4514
4515 @example
4516 int
4517 yylex (void)
4518 @{
4519 @dots{}
4520 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4521 return 0;
4522 @dots{}
4523 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4524 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4525 @dots{}
4526 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4527 @dots{}
4528 @}
4529 @end example
4530
4531 @noindent
4532 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4533 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4534
4535 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4536 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4537
4538 @itemize @bullet
4539 @item
4540 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4541 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4542 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4543 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4544
4545 @item
4546 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4547 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4548 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4549 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4550 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4551 to Bison.
4552
4553 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4554 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4555 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4556 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4557
4558 @smallexample
4559 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4560 @{
4561 if (yytname[i] != 0
4562 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4563 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4564 strlen (token_buffer))
4565 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4566 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4567 break;
4568 @}
4569 @end smallexample
4570
4571 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4572 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4573 @end itemize
4574
4575 @node Token Values
4576 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4577
4578 @vindex yylval
4579 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4580 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4581 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4582 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4583 @code{yylex}:
4584
4585 @example
4586 @group
4587 @dots{}
4588 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4589 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4590 @dots{}
4591 @end group
4592 @end example
4593
4594 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4595 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4596 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4597 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4598 declaration looks like this:
4599
4600 @example
4601 @group
4602 %union @{
4603 int intval;
4604 double val;
4605 symrec *tptr;
4606 @}
4607 @end group
4608 @end example
4609
4610 @noindent
4611 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4612
4613 @example
4614 @group
4615 @dots{}
4616 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4617 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4618 @dots{}
4619 @end group
4620 @end example
4621
4622 @node Token Locations
4623 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4624
4625 @vindex yylloc
4626 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4627 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4628 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4629 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4630 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4631 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4632
4633 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4634 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4635 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4636 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4637 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4638
4639 @tindex YYLTYPE
4640 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4641
4642 @node Pure Calling
4643 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4644
4645 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4646 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4647 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4648 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4649 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4650 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4651 pointers.
4652
4653 @example
4654 int
4655 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4656 @{
4657 @dots{}
4658 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4659 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4660 @dots{}
4661 @}
4662 @end example
4663
4664 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4665 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4666 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4667 only one argument.
4668
4669
4670 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4671 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4672 Function}).
4673
4674 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4675 @findex %lex-param
4676 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4677 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4678 @end deffn
4679
4680 For instance:
4681
4682 @example
4683 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4684 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4685 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4686 @end example
4687
4688 @noindent
4689 results in the following signature:
4690
4691 @example
4692 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4693 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4694 @end example
4695
4696 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4697
4698 @example
4699 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4700 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4701 @end example
4702
4703 @noindent
4704 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4705
4706 @example
4707 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4708 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4709 @end example
4710
4711 @node Error Reporting
4712 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4713 @cindex error reporting function
4714 @findex yyerror
4715 @cindex parse error
4716 @cindex syntax error
4717
4718 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4719 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4720 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4721 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4722 in Actions}).
4723
4724 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4725 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4726 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4727 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4728 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4729
4730 @findex %error-verbose
4731 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4732 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4733 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4734 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4735
4736 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4737 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4738 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4739 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4740 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4741 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4742
4743 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4744 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4745 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4746
4747 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4748
4749 @example
4750 @group
4751 void
4752 yyerror (char const *s)
4753 @{
4754 @end group
4755 @group
4756 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4757 @}
4758 @end group
4759 @end example
4760
4761 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4762 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4763 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4764 immediately return 1.
4765
4766 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4767 an access to the current location.
4768 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4769 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4770 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4771 @code{yyerror} are:
4772
4773 @example
4774 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4775 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4776 @end example
4777
4778 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4779
4780 @example
4781 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4782 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4783 @end example
4784
4785 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4786 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4787 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4788 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4789
4790 @example
4791 /* Location tracking. */
4792 %locations
4793 /* Pure yylex. */
4794 %pure-parser
4795 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4796 /* Pure yyparse. */
4797 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4798 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4799 @end example
4800
4801 @noindent
4802 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4803
4804 @example
4805 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4806 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4807 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4808 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4809 char const *msg);
4810 @end example
4811
4812 @noindent
4813 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4814 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4815 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4816 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4817 message is always passed last.
4818
4819 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4820 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4821 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4822 @code{yyerror}.
4823
4824 @vindex yynerrs
4825 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4826 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4827 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4828 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4829
4830 @node Action Features
4831 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4832 @cindex summary, action features
4833 @cindex action features summary
4834
4835 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4836 are useful in actions.
4837
4838 @deffn {Variable} $$
4839 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4840 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4844 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4845 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4849 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4850 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4851 Types of Values in Actions}.
4852 @end deffn
4853
4854 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4855 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4856 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4857 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4858 @end deffn
4859
4860 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4861 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4862 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4863 @end deffn
4864
4865 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4866 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4867 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4868 @end deffn
4869
4870 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4871 @findex YYBACKUP
4872 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4873 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4874 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4875 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4876 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4877 going to be reduced by this rule.
4878
4879 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4880 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4881 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4882 recovery.
4883
4884 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4888 @vindex YYEMPTY
4889 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4893 @vindex YYEOF
4894 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4895 stream.
4896 @end deffn
4897
4898 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4899 @findex YYERROR
4900 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4901 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4902 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4903 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4904 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4908 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4909 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4910 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4911 @end deffn
4912
4913 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4914 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4915 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4916 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4917 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4918 Actions}).
4919 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4920 @end deffn
4921
4922 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4923 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4924 error rules.
4925 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4926 Semantic Actions}).
4927 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4928 @end deffn
4929
4930 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4931 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4932 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4933 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4934 @end deffn
4935
4936 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4937 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4938 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4939 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4940 Actions}).
4941 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4942 @end deffn
4943
4944 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4945 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4946 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4947 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4948 Actions}).
4949 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn {Value} @@$
4953 @findex @@$
4954 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4955 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4956 Tracking Locations}.
4957
4958 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4959
4960 @c @example
4961 @c struct @{
4962 @c int first_line, last_line;
4963 @c int first_column, last_column;
4964 @c @};
4965 @c @end example
4966
4967 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4968 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4969
4970 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4971 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4972 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4973 @c those members.
4974
4975 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4976 @end deffn
4977
4978 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4979 @findex @@@var{n}
4980 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4981 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4982 Tracking Locations}.
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @node Internationalization
4986 @section Parser Internationalization
4987 @cindex internationalization
4988 @cindex i18n
4989 @cindex NLS
4990 @cindex gettext
4991 @cindex bison-po
4992
4993 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4994 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4995 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4996 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4997 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4998 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4999 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5000 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5001 installation.
5002
5003 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5004 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5005 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5006 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5007
5008 @enumerate
5009 @item
5010 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5011 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5012 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5013 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5014 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5015 For example:
5016
5017 @example
5018 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5019 @end example
5020
5021 @item
5022 @findex BISON_I18N
5023 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5024 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5025 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5026 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5027 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5028 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5029 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5030 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5031 Bison-generated parser.
5032
5033 @item
5034 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5035 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5036 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5037 For example:
5038
5039 @example
5040 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5041 @end example
5042
5043 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5044 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5045 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5046 @file{Makefile}.
5047
5048 @item
5049 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5050 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5051 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5052
5053 @example
5054 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5055 @end example
5056
5057 or:
5058
5059 @example
5060 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5061 @end example
5062
5063 @item
5064 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5065 infrastructure.
5066 @end enumerate
5067
5068
5069 @node Algorithm
5070 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5071 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5072 @cindex algorithm of parser
5073 @cindex shifting
5074 @cindex reduction
5075 @cindex parser stack
5076 @cindex stack, parser
5077
5078 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5079 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5080 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5081
5082 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5083 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5084 that was shifted.
5085
5086 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5087 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5088 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5089 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5090 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5091 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5092 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5093
5094 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5095
5096 @example
5097 1 + 5 * 3
5098 @end example
5099
5100 @noindent
5101 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5102 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5103
5104 @example
5105 expr: expr '*' expr;
5106 @end example
5107
5108 @noindent
5109 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5110
5111 @example
5112 1 + 15
5113 @end example
5114
5115 @noindent
5116 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5117 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5118
5119 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5120 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5121 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5122
5123 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5124
5125 @menu
5126 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5127 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5128 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5129 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5130 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5131 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5132 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5133 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5134 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5135 @end menu
5136
5137 @node Look-Ahead
5138 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5139 @cindex look-ahead token
5140
5141 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5142 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5143 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5144 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5145 token in order to decide what to do.
5146
5147 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5148 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5149 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5150 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5151 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5152 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5153 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5154 application.
5155
5156 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5157 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5158 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5159
5160 @example
5161 @group
5162 expr: term '+' expr
5163 | term
5164 ;
5165 @end group
5166
5167 @group
5168 term: '(' expr ')'
5169 | term '!'
5170 | NUMBER
5171 ;
5172 @end group
5173 @end example
5174
5175 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5176 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5177 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5178 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5179 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5180
5181 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5182 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5183 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5184 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5185 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5186 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5187
5188 @vindex yychar
5189 @vindex yylval
5190 @vindex yylloc
5191 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5192 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5193 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5194 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5195
5196 @node Shift/Reduce
5197 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5198 @cindex conflicts
5199 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5200 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5201 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5202
5203 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5204 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5205
5206 @example
5207 @group
5208 if_stmt:
5209 IF expr THEN stmt
5210 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5211 ;
5212 @end group
5213 @end example
5214
5215 @noindent
5216 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5217 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5218
5219 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5220 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5221 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5222 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5223 rule.
5224
5225 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5226 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5227 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5228 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5229 contrast it with the other alternative.
5230
5231 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5232 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5233 equivalent:
5234
5235 @example
5236 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5237
5238 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5239 @end example
5240
5241 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5242 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5243 making these two inputs equivalent:
5244
5245 @example
5246 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5247
5248 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5249 @end example
5250
5251 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5252 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5253 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5254 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5255 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5256 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5257 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5258 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5259
5260 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5261 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5262 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5263 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5264
5265 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5266 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5267 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5268 conflict:
5269
5270 @example
5271 @group
5272 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5273 %%
5274 @end group
5275 @group
5276 stmt: expr
5277 | if_stmt
5278 ;
5279 @end group
5280
5281 @group
5282 if_stmt:
5283 IF expr THEN stmt
5284 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5285 ;
5286 @end group
5287
5288 expr: variable
5289 ;
5290 @end example
5291
5292 @node Precedence
5293 @section Operator Precedence
5294 @cindex operator precedence
5295 @cindex precedence of operators
5296
5297 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5298 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5299 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5300 shift and when to reduce.
5301
5302 @menu
5303 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5304 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5305 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5306 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5307 @end menu
5308
5309 @node Why Precedence
5310 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5311
5312 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5313 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5314
5315 @example
5316 @group
5317 expr: expr '-' expr
5318 | expr '*' expr
5319 | expr '<' expr
5320 | '(' expr ')'
5321 @dots{}
5322 ;
5323 @end group
5324 @end example
5325
5326 @noindent
5327 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5328 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5329 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5330 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5331 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5332 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5333 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5334 different results.
5335
5336 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5337 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5338 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5339 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5340 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5341 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5342 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5343 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5344 @samp{<}.
5345
5346 @cindex associativity
5347 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5348 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5349 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5350 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5351 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5352 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5353 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5354 makes right-associativity.
5355
5356 @node Using Precedence
5357 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5358 @findex %left
5359 @findex %right
5360 @findex %nonassoc
5361
5362 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5363 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5364 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5365 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5366 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5367 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5368 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5369 row''.
5370
5371 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5372 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5373 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5374 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5375 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5376
5377 @node Precedence Examples
5378 @subsection Precedence Examples
5379
5380 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5381
5382 @example
5383 %left '<'
5384 %left '-'
5385 %left '*'
5386 @end example
5387
5388 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5389 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5390 declared with @code{'-'}:
5391
5392 @example
5393 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5394 %left '+' '-'
5395 %left '*' '/'
5396 @end example
5397
5398 @noindent
5399 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5400 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5401 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5402
5403 @node How Precedence
5404 @subsection How Precedence Works
5405
5406 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5407 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5408 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5409 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5410 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5411 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5412
5413 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5414 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5415 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5416 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5417 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5418 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5419 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5420 resolved.
5421
5422 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5423 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5424
5425 @node Contextual Precedence
5426 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5427 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5428 @cindex unary operator precedence
5429 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5430 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5431 @findex %prec
5432
5433 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5434 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5435 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5436 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5437
5438 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5439 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5440 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5441 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5442 modifier for rules.
5443
5444 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5445 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5446 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5447 modifier's syntax is:
5448
5449 @example
5450 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5451 @end example
5452
5453 @noindent
5454 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5455 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5456 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5457 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5458 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5459
5460 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5461 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5462 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5463 precedence:
5464
5465 @example
5466 @dots{}
5467 %left '+' '-'
5468 %left '*'
5469 %left UMINUS
5470 @end example
5471
5472 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5473
5474 @example
5475 @group
5476 exp: @dots{}
5477 | exp '-' exp
5478 @dots{}
5479 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5480 @end group
5481 @end example
5482
5483 @ifset defaultprec
5484 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5485 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5486 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5487 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5488
5489 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5490 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5491 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5492 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5493
5494 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5495 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5496 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5497 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5498 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5499 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5500
5501 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5502 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5503 @end ifset
5504
5505 @node Parser States
5506 @section Parser States
5507 @cindex finite-state machine
5508 @cindex parser state
5509 @cindex state (of parser)
5510
5511 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5512 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5513 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5514 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5515 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5516
5517 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5518 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5519 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5520 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5521 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5522 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5523 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5524 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5525 pushed.
5526
5527 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5528 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5529 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5530
5531 @node Reduce/Reduce
5532 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5533 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5534 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5535
5536 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5537 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5538 in the grammar.
5539
5540 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5541 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5542
5543 @example
5544 sequence: /* empty */
5545 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5546 | maybeword
5547 | sequence word
5548 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5549 ;
5550
5551 maybeword: /* empty */
5552 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5553 | word
5554 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5555 ;
5556 @end example
5557
5558 @noindent
5559 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5560 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5561 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5562 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5563 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5564 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5565
5566 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5567 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5568 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5569
5570 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5571 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5572 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5573 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5574 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5575
5576 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5577 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5578 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5579 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5580
5581 @example
5582 sequence: /* empty */
5583 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5584 | sequence word
5585 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5586 ;
5587 @end example
5588
5589 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5590
5591 @example
5592 sequence: /* empty */
5593 | sequence words
5594 | sequence redirects
5595 ;
5596
5597 words: /* empty */
5598 | words word
5599 ;
5600
5601 redirects:/* empty */
5602 | redirects redirect
5603 ;
5604 @end example
5605
5606 @noindent
5607 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5608 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5609 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5610 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5611 in infinitely many ways!
5612
5613 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5614 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5615 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5616 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5617
5618 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5619 of sequence:
5620
5621 @example
5622 sequence: /* empty */
5623 | sequence word
5624 | sequence redirect
5625 ;
5626 @end example
5627
5628 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5629 from being empty:
5630
5631 @example
5632 sequence: /* empty */
5633 | sequence words
5634 | sequence redirects
5635 ;
5636
5637 words: word
5638 | words word
5639 ;
5640
5641 redirects:redirect
5642 | redirects redirect
5643 ;
5644 @end example
5645
5646 @node Mystery Conflicts
5647 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5648
5649 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5650 Here is an example:
5651
5652 @example
5653 @group
5654 %token ID
5655
5656 %%
5657 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5658 ;
5659 param_spec:
5660 type
5661 | name_list ':' type
5662 ;
5663 @end group
5664 @group
5665 return_spec:
5666 type
5667 | name ':' type
5668 ;
5669 @end group
5670 @group
5671 type: ID
5672 ;
5673 @end group
5674 @group
5675 name: ID
5676 ;
5677 name_list:
5678 name
5679 | name ',' name_list
5680 ;
5681 @end group
5682 @end example
5683
5684 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5685 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5686 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5687 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5688
5689 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5690 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5691 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5692 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5693 an @code{ID}
5694 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5695 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5696 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5697 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5698 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5699 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5700 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5701 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5702 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5703
5704 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5705 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5706 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5707 and tend to
5708 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5709 as it is now.
5710
5711 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5712 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5713 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5714 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5715
5716 @example
5717 @group
5718 %token BOGUS
5719 @dots{}
5720 %%
5721 @dots{}
5722 return_spec:
5723 type
5724 | name ':' type
5725 /* This rule is never used. */
5726 | ID BOGUS
5727 ;
5728 @end group
5729 @end example
5730
5731 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5732 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5733 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5734 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5735 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5736 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5737
5738 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5739 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5740 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5741 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5742 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5743 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5744
5745 @example
5746 param_spec:
5747 type
5748 | name_list ':' type
5749 ;
5750 return_spec:
5751 type
5752 | ID ':' type
5753 ;
5754 @end example
5755
5756 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5757 generators, please see:
5758 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5759 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5760 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5761 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5762
5763 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5764 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5765 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5766 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5767 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5768 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5769
5770 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5771 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5772 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5773 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5774 context-free languages.
5775 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5776 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5777 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5778 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5779 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5780 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5781 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5782 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5783
5784 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5785 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5786 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5787 parser uses the same basic
5788 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5789 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5790 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5791 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5792 situation, it
5793 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5794 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5795 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5796 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5797 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5798
5799 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5800 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5801 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5802 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5803 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5804 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5805 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5806 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5807 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5808 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5809 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5810 stream.
5811
5812 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5813 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5814 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5815 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5816 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5817 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5818 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5819 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5820 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5821 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5822 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5823 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5824
5825 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5826 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5827 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5828 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5829 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5830 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5831 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5832 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5833 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5834 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5835 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5836 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5837 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5838 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5839 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5840 Bison parser.
5841
5842 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5843 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5844 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5845 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5846 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5847 (2000-12-24).
5848
5849 @node Memory Management
5850 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5851 @cindex memory exhaustion
5852 @cindex memory management
5853 @cindex stack overflow
5854 @cindex parser stack overflow
5855 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5856
5857 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5858 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5859 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5860
5861 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5862 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5863 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5864
5865 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5866 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5867 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5868 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5869 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5870
5871 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5872 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5873 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5874 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5875 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5876 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5877
5878 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5879 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5880 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5881 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5882
5883 @cindex default stack limit
5884 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5885 10000.
5886
5887 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5888 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5889 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5890 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5891 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5892 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5893
5894 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5895
5896 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5897 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5898 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5899 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5900 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5901 this deficiency in a future release.
5902
5903 @node Error Recovery
5904 @chapter Error Recovery
5905 @cindex error recovery
5906 @cindex recovery from errors
5907
5908 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5909 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5910 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5911 another expression.
5912
5913 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5914 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5915 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5916 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5917 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5918 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5919 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5920
5921 @findex error
5922 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5923 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5924 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5925 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5926 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5927 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5928
5929 For example:
5930
5931 @example
5932 stmnts: /* empty string */
5933 | stmnts '\n'
5934 | stmnts exp '\n'
5935 | stmnts error '\n'
5936 @end example
5937
5938 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5939 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5940
5941 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5942 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5943 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5944 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5945 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5946 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5947 applicable in the ordinary way.
5948
5949 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5950 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5951 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5952 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5953 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5954 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5955 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5956 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5957 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5958 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5959 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5960 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5961
5962 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5963 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5964 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5965
5966 @example
5967 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5968 @end example
5969
5970 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5971 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5972 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5973 spurious error message:
5974
5975 @example
5976 primary: '(' expr ')'
5977 | '(' error ')'
5978 @dots{}
5979 ;
5980 @end example
5981
5982 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5983 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5984 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5985 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5986 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5987 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5988 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5989 @code{stmnt}.
5990
5991 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5992 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5993 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5994 error messages resume.
5995
5996 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5997 as any other rules can.
5998
5999 @findex yyerrok
6000 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6001 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6002 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6003 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6004
6005 @findex yyclearin
6006 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6007 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6008 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6009 action.
6010 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6011
6012 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6013 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6014 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6015 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
6016 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6017
6018 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6019 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
6020 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
6021 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
6022 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
6023
6024 @node Context Dependency
6025 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6026
6027 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6028 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6029 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6030 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6031 languages.
6032
6033 @menu
6034 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6035 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6036 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6037 error recovery rules must be written.
6038 @end menu
6039
6040 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6041 neither clean nor robust.)
6042
6043 @node Semantic Tokens
6044 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6045
6046 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6047 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6048
6049 @example
6050 foo (x);
6051 @end example
6052
6053 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6054 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6055 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6056
6057 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6058 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6059 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6060 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6061 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6062
6063 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6064 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6065 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6066 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6067 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6068 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6069 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6070
6071 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6072 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6073 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6074 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6075 earlier:
6076
6077 @example
6078 typedef int foo, bar;
6079 int baz (void)
6080 @{
6081 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6082 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6083 return foo (bar);
6084 @}
6085 @end example
6086
6087 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6088 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6089
6090 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6091 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6092 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6093 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6094 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6095
6096 @example
6097 initdcl:
6098 declarator maybeasm '='
6099 init
6100 | declarator maybeasm
6101 ;
6102
6103 notype_initdcl:
6104 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6105 init
6106 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6107 ;
6108 @end example
6109
6110 @noindent
6111 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6112 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6113 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6114
6115 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6116 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6117 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6118 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6119 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6120 the syntactic context.
6121
6122 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6123 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6124 @cindex lexical tie-in
6125
6126 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6127 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6128 parsed.
6129
6130 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6131 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6132 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6133 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6134 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6135
6136 @example
6137 @group
6138 %@{
6139 int hexflag;
6140 int yylex (void);
6141 void yyerror (char const *);
6142 %@}
6143 %%
6144 @dots{}
6145 @end group
6146 @group
6147 expr: IDENTIFIER
6148 | constant
6149 | HEX '('
6150 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6151 expr ')'
6152 @{ hexflag = 0;
6153 $$ = $4; @}
6154 | expr '+' expr
6155 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6156 @dots{}
6157 ;
6158 @end group
6159
6160 @group
6161 constant:
6162 INTEGER
6163 | STRING
6164 ;
6165 @end group
6166 @end example
6167
6168 @noindent
6169 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6170 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6171 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6172
6173 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6174 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6175 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6176
6177 @node Tie-in Recovery
6178 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6179
6180 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6181 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6182
6183 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6184 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6185 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6186 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6187
6188 @example
6189 stmt: expr ';'
6190 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6191 @dots{}
6192 error ';'
6193 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6194 ;
6195 @end example
6196
6197 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6198 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6199 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6200 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6201 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6202
6203 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6204
6205 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6206 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6207 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6208
6209 @example
6210 @group
6211 expr: @dots{}
6212 | '(' expr ')'
6213 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6214 | '(' error ')'
6215 @dots{}
6216 @end group
6217 @end example
6218
6219 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6220 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6221 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6222 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6223
6224 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6225 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6226 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6227 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6228 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6229 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6230 clear the flag.
6231
6232 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6233
6234 @node Debugging
6235 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6236
6237 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6238 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6239 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6240 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6241 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6242 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6243
6244 @menu
6245 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6246 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6247 @end menu
6248
6249 @node Understanding
6250 @section Understanding Your Parser
6251
6252 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6253 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6254 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6255 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6256 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6257 file).
6258
6259 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6260 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6261 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6262 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6263 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6264 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6265 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6266
6267 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6268
6269 @example
6270 %token NUM STR
6271 %left '+' '-'
6272 %left '*'
6273 %%
6274 exp: exp '+' exp
6275 | exp '-' exp
6276 | exp '*' exp
6277 | exp '/' exp
6278 | NUM
6279 ;
6280 useless: STR;
6281 %%
6282 @end example
6283
6284 @command{bison} reports:
6285
6286 @example
6287 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6288 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6289 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6290 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6291 @end example
6292
6293 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6294 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6295 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6296 interpretation is the same.
6297
6298 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6299 to precedence and/or associativity:
6300
6301 @example
6302 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6303 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6304 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6305 @exdent @dots{}
6306 @end example
6307
6308 @noindent
6309 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6310
6311 @example
6312 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6313 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6314 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6315 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6316 @end example
6317
6318 @noindent
6319 @cindex token, useless
6320 @cindex useless token
6321 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6322 @cindex useless nonterminal
6323 @cindex rule, useless
6324 @cindex useless rule
6325 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6326 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6327 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6328 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6329 below):
6330
6331 @example
6332 Useless nonterminals:
6333 useless
6334
6335 Terminals which are not used:
6336 STR
6337
6338 Useless rules:
6339 #6 useless: STR;
6340 @end example
6341
6342 @noindent
6343 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6344
6345 @example
6346 Grammar
6347
6348 Number, Line, Rule
6349 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6350 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6351 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6352 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6353 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6354 5 9 exp -> NUM
6355 @end example
6356
6357 @noindent
6358 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6359
6360 @example
6361 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6362
6363 $end (0) 0
6364 '*' (42) 3
6365 '+' (43) 1
6366 '-' (45) 2
6367 '/' (47) 4
6368 error (256)
6369 NUM (258) 5
6370
6371 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6372
6373 $accept (8)
6374 on left: 0
6375 exp (9)
6376 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6377 @end example
6378
6379 @noindent
6380 @cindex item
6381 @cindex pointed rule
6382 @cindex rule, pointed
6383 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6384 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6385 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6386 that the input cursor.
6387
6388 @example
6389 state 0
6390
6391 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6392
6393 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6394
6395 exp go to state 2
6396 @end example
6397
6398 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6399 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6400 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6401 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6402 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6403 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6404 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6405 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6406
6407 @cindex core, item set
6408 @cindex item set core
6409 @cindex kernel, item set
6410 @cindex item set core
6411 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6412 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6413 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6414 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6415 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6416 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6417 be derived:
6418
6419 @example
6420 state 0
6421
6422 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6423 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6424 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6425 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6426 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6427 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6428
6429 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6430
6431 exp go to state 2
6432 @end example
6433
6434 @noindent
6435 In the state 1...
6436
6437 @example
6438 state 1
6439
6440 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6441
6442 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6443 @end example
6444
6445 @noindent
6446 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6447 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6448 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6449 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6450
6451 @example
6452 state 2
6453
6454 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6455 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6456 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6457 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6458 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6459
6460 $ shift, and go to state 3
6461 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6462 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6463 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6464 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6465 @end example
6466
6467 @noindent
6468 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6469 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6470 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6471 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6472 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6473 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6474
6475 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6476 state}:
6477
6478 @example
6479 state 3
6480
6481 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6482
6483 $default accept
6484 @end example
6485
6486 @noindent
6487 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6488 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6489
6490 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6491 the reader.
6492
6493 @example
6494 state 4
6495
6496 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6497
6498 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6499
6500 exp go to state 8
6501
6502 state 5
6503
6504 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6505
6506 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6507
6508 exp go to state 9
6509
6510 state 6
6511
6512 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6513
6514 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6515
6516 exp go to state 10
6517
6518 state 7
6519
6520 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6521
6522 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6523
6524 exp go to state 11
6525 @end example
6526
6527 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6528 1 shift/reduce}:
6529
6530 @example
6531 state 8
6532
6533 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6534 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6535 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6536 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6537 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6538
6539 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6540 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6541
6542 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6543 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6544 @end example
6545
6546 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6547 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6548 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6549 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6550 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6551 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6552 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6553 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6554
6555 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6556 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6557 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6558 square brackets.
6559
6560 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6561 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6562 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6563 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6564 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6565 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6566 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6567 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6568 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6569 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6570 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6571 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6572
6573 @example
6574 state 8
6575
6576 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6577 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6578 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6579 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6580 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6581
6582 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6583 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6584
6585 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6586 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6587 @end example
6588
6589 The remaining states are similar:
6590
6591 @example
6592 state 9
6593
6594 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6595 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6596 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6597 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6598 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6599
6600 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6601 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6602
6603 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6604 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6605
6606 state 10
6607
6608 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6609 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6610 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6611 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6612 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6613
6614 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6615
6616 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6617 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6618
6619 state 11
6620
6621 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6622 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6623 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6624 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6625 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6626
6627 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6628 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6629 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6630 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6631
6632 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6633 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6634 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6635 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6636 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6637 @end example
6638
6639 @noindent
6640 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6641 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6642 @samp{*}, but also because the
6643 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6644
6645
6646 @node Tracing
6647 @section Tracing Your Parser
6648 @findex yydebug
6649 @cindex debugging
6650 @cindex tracing the parser
6651
6652 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6653 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6654
6655 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6656
6657 @table @asis
6658 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6659 @findex YYDEBUG
6660 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6661 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6662 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6663 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6664 Prologue}).
6665
6666 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6667 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6668 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6669
6670 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6671 @findex %debug
6672 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6673 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6674 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6675 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6676 you, this is
6677 the preferred solution.
6678 @end table
6679
6680 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6681 always possible.
6682
6683 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6684 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6685 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6686 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6687 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6688 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6689
6690 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6691 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6692 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6693 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6694
6695 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6696 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6697 messages tell you these things:
6698
6699 @itemize @bullet
6700 @item
6701 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6702
6703 @item
6704 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6705 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6706
6707 @item
6708 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6709 of the state stack afterward.
6710 @end itemize
6711
6712 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6713 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6714 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6715 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6716 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6717 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6718 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6719 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6720 grammar are to blame.
6721
6722 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6723 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6724 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6725 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6726 the grammar it is working.
6727
6728 @findex YYPRINT
6729 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6730 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6731 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6732 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6733 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6734 value (from @code{yylval}).
6735
6736 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6737 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6738
6739 @smallexample
6740 %@{
6741 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6742 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6743 %@}
6744
6745 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6746
6747 static void
6748 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6749 @{
6750 if (type == VAR)
6751 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6752 else if (type == NUM)
6753 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6754 @}
6755 @end smallexample
6756
6757 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6758
6759 @node Invocation
6760 @chapter Invoking Bison
6761 @cindex invoking Bison
6762 @cindex Bison invocation
6763 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6764
6765 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6766
6767 @example
6768 bison @var{infile}
6769 @end example
6770
6771 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6772 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6773 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6774 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6775 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6776 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6777 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6778 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6779 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6780 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6781 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6782 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6783
6784 For example :
6785
6786 @example
6787 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6788 @end example
6789 @noindent
6790 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6791
6792 @example
6793 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6794 @end example
6795 @noindent
6796 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6797
6798 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6799 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6800 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6801
6802 @menu
6803 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6804 in alphabetical order by short options.
6805 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6806 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6807 @end menu
6808
6809 @node Bison Options
6810 @section Bison Options
6811
6812 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6813 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6814 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6815 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6816 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6817 @samp{=}.
6818
6819 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6820 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6821 option.
6822
6823 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6824 @noindent
6825 Operations modes:
6826 @table @option
6827 @item -h
6828 @itemx --help
6829 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6830
6831 @item -V
6832 @itemx --version
6833 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6834
6835 @item --print-localedir
6836 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6837
6838 @item -y
6839 @itemx --yacc
6840 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6841 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6842 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6843 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6844 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6845 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6846 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6847 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6848
6849 @example
6850 #! /bin/sh
6851 bison -y "$@@"
6852 @end example
6853
6854 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6855 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6856 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6857 this option is specified.
6858
6859 @end table
6860
6861 @noindent
6862 Tuning the parser:
6863
6864 @table @option
6865 @item -S @var{file}
6866 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6867 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6868 you are developing Bison.
6869
6870 @item -t
6871 @itemx --debug
6872 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6873 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6874 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6875
6876 @item --locations
6877 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6878
6879 @item -p @var{prefix}
6880 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6881 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6882 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6883
6884 @item -l
6885 @itemx --no-lines
6886 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6887 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6888 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6889 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6890 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6891
6892 @item -n
6893 @itemx --no-parser
6894 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6895
6896 @item -k
6897 @itemx --token-table
6898 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6899 @end table
6900
6901 @noindent
6902 Adjust the output:
6903
6904 @table @option
6905 @item -d
6906 @itemx --defines
6907 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6908 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6909 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6910
6911 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6912 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6913
6914 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6915 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6916 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6917 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6918
6919 @item -r @var{things}
6920 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6921 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6922 separated list of @var{things} among:
6923
6924 @table @code
6925 @item state
6926 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6927 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6928
6929 @item look-ahead
6930 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6931 each rule's look-ahead set.
6932
6933 @item itemset
6934 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6935 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6936 @end table
6937
6938 @item -v
6939 @itemx --verbose
6940 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6941 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6942 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6943
6944 @item -o @var{file}
6945 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6946 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6947
6948 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6949 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6950
6951 @item -g
6952 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6953 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6954 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6955 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6956
6957 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6958 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6959 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6960 the output graph file.
6961 @end table
6962
6963 @node Option Cross Key
6964 @section Option Cross Key
6965
6966 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6967 the corresponding short option.
6968
6969 @tex
6970 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6971
6972 {\tt
6973 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6974 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6975 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6976 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6977 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6978 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6979 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6980 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6981 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6982 \line{ --print-localedir}
6983 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6984 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6985 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6986 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6987 }
6988 @end tex
6989
6990 @ifinfo
6991 @example
6992 --debug -t
6993 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6994 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6995 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6996 --help -h
6997 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6998 --no-lines -l
6999 --no-parser -n
7000 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
7001 --print-localedir
7002 --token-table -k
7003 --verbose -v
7004 --version -V
7005 --yacc -y
7006 @end example
7007 @end ifinfo
7008
7009 @node Yacc Library
7010 @section Yacc Library
7011
7012 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7013 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7014 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7015 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7016 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7017 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7018 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7019
7020 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7021 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7022
7023 @example
7024 int yyerror (char const *);
7025 @end example
7026
7027 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7028 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7029 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7030
7031 @example
7032 int yyparse (void);
7033 @end example
7034
7035 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7036
7037 @node C++ Language Interface
7038 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7039
7040 @menu
7041 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7042 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7043 @end menu
7044
7045 @node C++ Parsers
7046 @section C++ Parsers
7047
7048 @menu
7049 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7050 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7051 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7052 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7053 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7054 @end menu
7055
7056 @node C++ Bison Interface
7057 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7058 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7059 @c - Always pure
7060 @c - initial action
7061
7062 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
7063 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
7064 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7065 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7066 files:
7067 @table @file
7068 @item position.hh
7069 @itemx location.hh
7070 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7071 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7072
7073 @item stack.hh
7074 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7075
7076 @item @var{file}.hh
7077 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7078 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
7079 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
7080 rules as with regular C parsers.
7081
7082 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
7083 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
7084 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7085 @samp{%defines} directive.
7086 @end table
7087
7088 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7089 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7090
7091 @node C++ Semantic Values
7092 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7093 @c - No objects in unions
7094 @c - YSTYPE
7095 @c - Printer and destructor
7096
7097 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7098 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7099 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7100 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7101 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7102 @itemize @minus
7103 @item
7104 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7105 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7106 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7107 @item
7108 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7109 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7110 to such objects are allowed.
7111 @end itemize
7112
7113 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7114 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7115 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7116 Symbols}.
7117
7118
7119 @node C++ Location Values
7120 @subsection C++ Location Values
7121 @c - %locations
7122 @c - class Position
7123 @c - class Location
7124 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7125
7126 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7127 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7128 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7129 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7130 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7131
7132 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7133 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7134 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7135 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7136 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7137 @end deftypemethod
7138
7139 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7140 The line, starting at 1.
7141 @end deftypemethod
7142
7143 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7144 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7145 @end deftypemethod
7146
7147 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7148 The column, starting at 0.
7149 @end deftypemethod
7150
7151 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7152 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7153 @end deftypemethod
7154
7155 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7156 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7157 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7158 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7159 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7160 @end deftypemethod
7161
7162 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7163 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7164 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7165 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7166 @end deftypemethod
7167
7168 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7169 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7170 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7171 @end deftypemethod
7172
7173 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7174 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7175 Advance the @code{end} position.
7176 @end deftypemethod
7177
7178 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7179 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7180 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7181 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7182 @end deftypemethod
7183
7184 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7185 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7186 @end deftypemethod
7187
7188
7189 @node C++ Parser Interface
7190 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7191 @c - define parser_class_name
7192 @c - Ctor
7193 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7194 @c debug_stream.
7195 @c - Reporting errors
7196
7197 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7198 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7199 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7200 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7201 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7202 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7203 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7204 additional argument for its constructor.
7205
7206 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7207 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7208 The types for semantics value and locations.
7209 @end defcv
7210
7211 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7212 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7213 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7214 @end deftypemethod
7215
7216 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7217 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7218 @end deftypemethod
7219
7220 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7221 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7222 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7223 @code{std::cerr}.
7224 @end deftypemethod
7225
7226 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7227 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7228 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7229 or nonzero, full tracing.
7230 @end deftypemethod
7231
7232 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7233 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7234 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7235 described by @var{m}.
7236 @end deftypemethod
7237
7238
7239 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7240 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7241 @c - prefix for yylex.
7242 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7243 @c - %lex-param
7244
7245 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7246 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7247 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7248
7249 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7250 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7251 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7252 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7253 @end deftypemethod
7254
7255
7256 @node A Complete C++ Example
7257 @section A Complete C++ Example
7258
7259 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7260 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7261 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7262 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7263 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7264 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7265 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7266 actually easier to interface with.
7267
7268 @menu
7269 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7270 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7271 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7272 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7273 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7274 @end menu
7275
7276 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7277 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7278
7279 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7280 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7281 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7282 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7283 of valid input follows.
7284
7285 @example
7286 three := 3
7287 seven := one + two * three
7288 seven * seven
7289 @end example
7290
7291 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7292 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7293 @c - An env
7294 @c - A place to store error messages
7295 @c - A place for the result
7296
7297 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7298 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7299 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7300 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7301 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7302 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7303 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7304
7305 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7306 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7307 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7308 class.
7309
7310 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7311 @example
7312 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7313 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7314 # include <string>
7315 # include <map>
7316 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7317 @end example
7318
7319
7320 @noindent
7321 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7322 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7323 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7324 factor both as follows.
7325
7326 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7327 @example
7328 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7329 # define YY_DECL \
7330 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7331 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7332 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7333 calcxx_driver& driver)
7334 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7335 YY_DECL;
7336 @end example
7337
7338 @noindent
7339 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7340 members.
7341
7342 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7343 @example
7344 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7345 class calcxx_driver
7346 @{
7347 public:
7348 calcxx_driver ();
7349 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7350
7351 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7352
7353 int result;
7354 @end example
7355
7356 @noindent
7357 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7358 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7359 members.
7360
7361 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7362 @example
7363 // Handling the scanner.
7364 void scan_begin ();
7365 void scan_end ();
7366 bool trace_scanning;
7367 @end example
7368
7369 @noindent
7370 Similarly for the parser itself.
7371
7372 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7373 @example
7374 // Handling the parser.
7375 void parse (const std::string& f);
7376 std::string file;
7377 bool trace_parsing;
7378 @end example
7379
7380 @noindent
7381 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7382 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7383 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7384 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7385
7386 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7387 @example
7388 // Error handling.
7389 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7390 void error (const std::string& m);
7391 @};
7392 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7393 @end example
7394
7395 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7396 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7397 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7398 messages and set error state.
7399
7400 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7401 @example
7402 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7403 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7404
7405 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7406 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7407 @{
7408 variables["one"] = 1;
7409 variables["two"] = 2;
7410 @}
7411
7412 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7413 @{
7414 @}
7415
7416 void
7417 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7418 @{
7419 file = f;
7420 scan_begin ();
7421 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7422 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7423 parser.parse ();
7424 scan_end ();
7425 @}
7426
7427 void
7428 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7429 @{
7430 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7431 @}
7432
7433 void
7434 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7435 @{
7436 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7437 @}
7438 @end example
7439
7440 @node Calc++ Parser
7441 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7442
7443 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7444 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7445 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7446 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7447 the grammar for.
7448
7449 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7450 @example
7451 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7452 %require "2.1a"
7453 %defines
7454 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7455 @end example
7456
7457 @noindent
7458 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7459 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7460 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7461 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7462 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7463 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7464
7465 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7466 @example
7467 %@{
7468 # include <string>
7469 class calcxx_driver;
7470 %@}
7471 @end example
7472
7473 @noindent
7474 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7475 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7476 global variables.
7477
7478 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7479 @example
7480 // The parsing context.
7481 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7482 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7483 @end example
7484
7485 @noindent
7486 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7487 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7488 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7489 automatically propagated.
7490
7491 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7492 @example
7493 %locations
7494 %initial-action
7495 @{
7496 // Initialize the initial location.
7497 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7498 @};
7499 @end example
7500
7501 @noindent
7502 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7503 error messages.
7504
7505 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7506 @example
7507 %debug
7508 %error-verbose
7509 @end example
7510
7511 @noindent
7512 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7513 them.
7514
7515 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7516 @example
7517 // Symbols.
7518 %union
7519 @{
7520 int ival;
7521 std::string *sval;
7522 @};
7523 @end example
7524
7525 @noindent
7526 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7527 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7528 knowledge about the driver.
7529
7530 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7531 @example
7532 %@{
7533 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7534 %@}
7535 @end example
7536
7537
7538 @noindent
7539 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7540 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7541 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7542 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7543 avoid name clashes.
7544
7545 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7546 @example
7547 %token END 0 "end of file"
7548 %token ASSIGN ":="
7549 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7550 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7551 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7552 @end example
7553
7554 @noindent
7555 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7556 @code{%destructor}.
7557
7558 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7559 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7560 @example
7561 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7562 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7563
7564 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7565 @end example
7566
7567 @noindent
7568 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7569
7570 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7571 @example
7572 %%
7573 %start unit;
7574 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7575
7576 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7577 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7578
7579 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7580
7581 %left '+' '-';
7582 %left '*' '/';
7583 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7584 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7585 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7586 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7587 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7588 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7589 %%
7590 @end example
7591
7592 @noindent
7593 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7594 driver.
7595
7596 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7597 @example
7598 void
7599 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7600 const std::string& m)
7601 @{
7602 driver.error (l, m);
7603 @}
7604 @end example
7605
7606 @node Calc++ Scanner
7607 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7608
7609 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7610 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7611
7612 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7613 @example
7614 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7615 # include <cstdlib>
7616 # include <errno.h>
7617 # include <limits.h>
7618 # include <string>
7619 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7620 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7621 /* Work around a bug in flex 2.5.31. See Debian bug 333231
7622 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7623 # undef yywrap
7624 # define yywrap() 1
7625 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7626 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7627 not of token_type. */
7628 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7629 %@}
7630 @end example
7631
7632 @noindent
7633 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7634 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7635 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7636 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7637
7638 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7639 @example
7640 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7641 @end example
7642
7643 @noindent
7644 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7645
7646 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7647 @example
7648 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7649 int [0-9]+
7650 blank [ \t]
7651 @end example
7652
7653 @noindent
7654 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7655 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7656 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7657 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7658 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7659 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7660 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7661
7662 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7663 @example
7664 %@{
7665 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7666 %@}
7667 %%
7668 %@{
7669 yylloc->step ();
7670 %@}
7671 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7672 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7673 @end example
7674
7675 @noindent
7676 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7677 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7678 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7679 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7680
7681 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7682 @example
7683 %@{
7684 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7685 %@}
7686 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7687 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7688 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7689 @{int@} @{
7690 errno = 0;
7691 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7692 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7693 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7694 yylval->ival = n;
7695 return token::NUMBER;
7696 @}
7697 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7698 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7699 %%
7700 @end example
7701
7702 @noindent
7703 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7704 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7705
7706 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7707 @example
7708 void
7709 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7710 @{
7711 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7712 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7713 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7714 @}
7715
7716 void
7717 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7718 @{
7719 fclose (yyin);
7720 @}
7721 @end example
7722
7723 @node Calc++ Top Level
7724 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7725
7726 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7727
7728 @comment file: calc++.cc
7729 @example
7730 #include <iostream>
7731 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7732
7733 int
7734 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7735 @{
7736 calcxx_driver driver;
7737 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7738 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7739 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7740 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7741 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7742 else
7743 @{
7744 driver.parse (*argv);
7745 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7746 @}
7747 @}
7748 @end example
7749
7750 @c ================================================= FAQ
7751
7752 @node FAQ
7753 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7754 @cindex frequently asked questions
7755 @cindex questions
7756
7757 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7758 are addressed.
7759
7760 @menu
7761 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7762 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7763 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7764 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7765 @end menu
7766
7767 @node Memory Exhausted
7768 @section Memory Exhausted
7769
7770 @display
7771 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7772 message. What can I do?
7773 @end display
7774
7775 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7776 ,Recursive Rules}.
7777
7778 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7779 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7780
7781 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7782 following typical questions:
7783
7784 @display
7785 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7786 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7787 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7788 @end display
7789
7790 @noindent
7791 or
7792
7793 @display
7794 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7795 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7796 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7797 @end display
7798
7799 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7800 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7801 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7802 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7803 @file{first-line.l}:
7804
7805 @verbatim
7806 %{
7807 #include <stdio.h>
7808 #include <stdlib.h>
7809 %}
7810 %%
7811 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7812 %%
7813 int
7814 yyparse (char const *file)
7815 {
7816 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7817 if (!yyin)
7818 exit (2);
7819 /* One token only. */
7820 yylex ();
7821 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7822 exit (3);
7823 return 0;
7824 }
7825
7826 int
7827 main (void)
7828 {
7829 yyparse ("input");
7830 yyparse ("input");
7831 return 0;
7832 }
7833 @end verbatim
7834
7835 @noindent
7836 If the file @file{input} contains
7837
7838 @verbatim
7839 input:1: Hello,
7840 input:2: World!
7841 @end verbatim
7842
7843 @noindent
7844 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7845
7846 @example
7847 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7848 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7849 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7850 input:1: Hello,
7851 input:2: World!
7852 @end example
7853
7854 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7855 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7856 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7857 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7858 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7859 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7860 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7861 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7862 input buffers.
7863
7864 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7865 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7866 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7867 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7868
7869 @node Strings are Destroyed
7870 @section Strings are Destroyed
7871
7872 @display
7873 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7874 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7875 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7876 @end display
7877
7878 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7879 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7880 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7881
7882 @verbatim
7883 %{
7884 #include <stdio.h>
7885 char *yylval = NULL;
7886 %}
7887 %%
7888 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7889 \n /* IGNORE */
7890 %%
7891 int
7892 main ()
7893 {
7894 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7895 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7896 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7897 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7898 return 0;
7899 }
7900 @end verbatim
7901
7902 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7903
7904 @example
7905 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7906 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7907 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7908 "one
7909 two", "two"
7910 @end example
7911
7912 @noindent
7913 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7914 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7915 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7916 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7917 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7918 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7919
7920 @example
7921 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7922 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7923 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7924 "two", "two"
7925 @end example
7926
7927
7928 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7929 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7930
7931 @display
7932 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7933 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7934 @end display
7935
7936 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7937 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7938 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7939 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7940 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7941 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7942 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7943
7944 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7945 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7946 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7947 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7948 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7949 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7950 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7951 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7952 compiler.
7953
7954 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7955 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7956
7957
7958
7959 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7960
7961 @node Table of Symbols
7962 @appendix Bison Symbols
7963 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7964 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7965
7966 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7967 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7968 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7969 @end deffn
7970
7971 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7972 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7973 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7974 @end deffn
7975
7976 @deffn {Variable} $$
7977 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7978 @xref{Actions}.
7979 @end deffn
7980
7981 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7982 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7983 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7984 @end deffn
7985
7986 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7987 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7988 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7989 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7993 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7994 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7995 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7996 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7997 Grammar}.
7998 @end deffn
7999
8000 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8001 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8002 @end deffn
8003
8004 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8005 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8006 Grammar Rules}.
8007 @end deffn
8008
8009 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8010 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8011 @end deffn
8012
8013 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8014 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8015 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8016 @end deffn
8017
8018 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8019 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8020 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8021 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8022 @end deffn
8023
8024 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8025 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8026 @end deffn
8027
8028 @ifset defaultprec
8029 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8030 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8031 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8032 Precedence}.
8033 @end deffn
8034 @end ifset
8035
8036 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8037 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8038 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8039 @end deffn
8040
8041 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8042 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8043 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8044 @end deffn
8045
8046 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8047 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8048 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8049 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8050 @end deffn
8051
8052 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8053 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8054 used in the grammar.
8055 @end deffn
8056
8057 @deffn {Symbol} error
8058 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8059 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8060 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8061 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8062 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
8063 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
8064 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8065 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8066 @end deffn
8067
8068 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8069 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8070 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8071 @end deffn
8072
8073 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8074 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8075 Summary}.
8076 @end deffn
8077
8078 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8079 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8080 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8081 @end deffn
8082
8083 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8084 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8085 @end deffn
8086
8087 @deffn {Directive} %left
8088 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8089 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8090 @end deffn
8091
8092 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8093 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8094 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8095 for Pure Parsers}.
8096 @end deffn
8097
8098 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8099 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8100 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8101 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8102 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8103 @end deffn
8104
8105 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8106 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8107 @end deffn
8108
8109 @ifset defaultprec
8110 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8111 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8112 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8113 Precedence}.
8114 @end deffn
8115 @end ifset
8116
8117 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8118 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8119 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8120 @end deffn
8121
8122 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8123 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8124 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8125 @end deffn
8126
8127 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8128 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8129 Summary}.
8130 @end deffn
8131
8132 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8133 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8134 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8135 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8136 @end deffn
8137
8138 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8139 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8140 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8141 @end deffn
8142
8143 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8144 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8145 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8146 @end deffn
8147
8148 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8149 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8150 Require a Version of Bison}.
8151 @end deffn
8152
8153 @deffn {Directive} %right
8154 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8155 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8156 @end deffn
8157
8158 @deffn {Directive} %start
8159 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8160 Start-Symbol}.
8161 @end deffn
8162
8163 @deffn {Directive} %token
8164 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8165 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8166 @end deffn
8167
8168 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8169 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8170 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8171 @end deffn
8172
8173 @deffn {Directive} %type
8174 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8175 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8176 @end deffn
8177
8178 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8179 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8180 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8181 @code{error}.
8182 @end deffn
8183
8184 @deffn {Directive} %union
8185 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8186 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8187 @end deffn
8188
8189 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8190 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8191 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8192 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8193 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8194 @end deffn
8195
8196 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8197 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8198 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8199 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8200 @end deffn
8201
8202 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8203 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8204 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8205 @end deffn
8206
8207 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8208 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8209 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8210 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8211 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8212 @end deffn
8213
8214 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8215 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8216 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8217 @end deffn
8218
8219 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8220 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8221 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8222 @end deffn
8223
8224 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8225 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8226 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8227 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8228 @end deffn
8229
8230 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8231 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8232 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8233 @end deffn
8234
8235 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8236 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8237 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8238 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8239 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8240 @end deffn
8241
8242 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8243 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8244 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8245 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8246 @end deffn
8247
8248 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8249 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8250 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8251 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8252 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8253 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8254 @end deffn
8255
8256 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8257 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8258 @xref{Memory Management}.
8259 @end deffn
8260
8261 @deffn {Function} yylex
8262 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8263 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8264 @code{yylex}}.
8265 @end deffn
8266
8267 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8268 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8269 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8270 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8271 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8272 @end deffn
8273
8274 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8275 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8276 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8277 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8278 @code{yylex}.)
8279 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8280 grammar actions.
8281 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8282 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8283 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8284 @end deffn
8285
8286 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8287 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8288 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8289 @end deffn
8290
8291 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8292 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8293 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8294 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8295 @code{yylex}.)
8296 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8297 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8298 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8299 @end deffn
8300
8301 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8302 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8303 Management}.
8304 @end deffn
8305
8306 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8307 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8308 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8309 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8310 @end deffn
8311
8312 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8313 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8314 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8315 @end deffn
8316
8317 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8318 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8319 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8320 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8321 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8322 @end deffn
8323
8324 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8325 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8326 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8327 @end deffn
8328
8329 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8330 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8331 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8332 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8333 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8334 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8335 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8336
8337 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8338 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8339 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8340 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8341 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8342 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8343 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8344 @end deffn
8345
8346 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8347 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8348 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8349 @end deffn
8350
8351 @node Glossary
8352 @appendix Glossary
8353 @cindex glossary
8354
8355 @table @asis
8356 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8357 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8358 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8359 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8360 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8361
8362 @item Context-free grammars
8363 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8364 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8365 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8366 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8367 Grammars}.
8368
8369 @item Dynamic allocation
8370 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8371 compile time or on entry to a function.
8372
8373 @item Empty string
8374 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8375 character string of length zero.
8376
8377 @item Finite-state stack machine
8378 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8379 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8380 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8381 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8382 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8383 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8384
8385 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8386 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8387 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8388 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8389 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8390 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8391 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8392 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8393
8394 @item Grouping
8395 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8396 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8397 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8398
8399 @item Infix operator
8400 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8401 performs some operation.
8402
8403 @item Input stream
8404 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8405
8406 @item Language construct
8407 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8408 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8409 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8410
8411 @item Left associativity
8412 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8413 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8414 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8415
8416 @item Left recursion
8417 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8418 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8419 Rules}.
8420
8421 @item Left-to-right parsing
8422 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8423 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8424
8425 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8426 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8427 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8428
8429 @item Lexical tie-in
8430 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8431 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8432
8433 @item Literal string token
8434 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8435
8436 @item Look-ahead token
8437 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8438 Tokens}.
8439
8440 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8441 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8442 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8443 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8444
8445 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8446 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8447 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8448
8449 @item Nonterminal symbol
8450 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8451 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8452 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8453
8454 @item Parser
8455 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8456 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8457 analyzer.
8458
8459 @item Postfix operator
8460 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8461 performs some operation.
8462
8463 @item Reduction
8464 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8465 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8466 Parser Algorithm}.
8467
8468 @item Reentrant
8469 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8470 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8471 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8472
8473 @item Reverse polish notation
8474 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8475
8476 @item Right recursion
8477 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8478 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8479 Rules}.
8480
8481 @item Semantics
8482 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8483 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8484 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8485
8486 @item Shift
8487 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8488 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8489 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8490
8491 @item Single-character literal
8492 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8493 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8494
8495 @item Start symbol
8496 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8497 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8498 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8499 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8500
8501 @item Symbol table
8502 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8503 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8504 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8505
8506 @item Syntax error
8507 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8508 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8509
8510 @item Token
8511 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8512 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8513 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8514 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8515
8516 @item Terminal symbol
8517 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8518 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8519 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8520 @end table
8521
8522 @node Copying This Manual
8523 @appendix Copying This Manual
8524
8525 @menu
8526 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8527 @end menu
8528
8529 @include fdl.texi
8530
8531 @node Index
8532 @unnumbered Index
8533
8534 @printindex cp
8535
8536 @bye
8537
8538 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8539 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8540 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8541 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8542 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8543 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8544 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8545 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8546 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8547 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8548 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8549 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8550 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8551 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8552 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8553 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8554 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8555 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8556 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8557 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8558 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8559 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8560 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8561 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8562 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8563 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8564 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8565 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8566 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex